1 #ifndef __LINUX_NL80211_H
2 #define __LINUX_NL80211_H
4 * 802.11 netlink interface public header
6 * Copyright 2006-2010 Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
7 * Copyright 2008 Michael Wu <flamingice@sourmilk.net>
8 * Copyright 2008 Luis Carlos Cobo <luisca@cozybit.com>
9 * Copyright 2008 Michael Buesch <m@bues.ch>
10 * Copyright 2008, 2009 Luis R. Rodriguez <lrodriguez@atheros.com>
11 * Copyright 2008 Jouni Malinen <jouni.malinen@atheros.com>
12 * Copyright 2008 Colin McCabe <colin@cozybit.com>
13 * Copyright 2015-2017 Intel Deutschland GmbH
14 * Copyright (C) 2018-2022 Intel Corporation
16 * Permission to use, copy, modify, and/or distribute this software for any
17 * purpose with or without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above
18 * copyright notice and this permission notice appear in all copies.
20 * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS" AND THE AUTHOR DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES
21 * WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
22 * MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR
23 * ANY SPECIAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES
24 * WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN
25 * ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF
26 * OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
31 * This header file defines the userspace API to the wireless stack. Please
32 * be careful not to break things - i.e. don't move anything around or so
33 * unless you can demonstrate that it breaks neither API nor ABI.
35 * Additions to the API should be accompanied by actual implementations in
36 * an upstream driver, so that example implementations exist in case there
37 * are ever concerns about the precise semantics of the API or changes are
38 * needed, and to ensure that code for dead (no longer implemented) API
39 * can actually be identified and removed.
40 * Nonetheless, semantics should also be documented carefully in this file.
43 #include <linux/types.h>
45 #define NL80211_GENL_NAME "nl80211"
47 #define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_CONFIG "config"
48 #define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_SCAN "scan"
49 #define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_REG "regulatory"
50 #define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_MLME "mlme"
51 #define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_VENDOR "vendor"
52 #define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_NAN "nan"
53 #define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_TESTMODE "testmode"
55 #define NL80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_MIN 4
56 #define NL80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_MAX 15
57 #define NL80211_EDMG_CHANNELS_MIN 1
58 #define NL80211_EDMG_CHANNELS_MAX 0x3c /* 0b00111100 */
61 * DOC: Station handling
63 * Stations are added per interface, but a special case exists with VLAN
64 * interfaces. When a station is bound to an AP interface, it may be moved
65 * into a VLAN identified by a VLAN interface index (%NL80211_ATTR_STA_VLAN).
66 * The station is still assumed to belong to the AP interface it was added
69 * Station handling varies per interface type and depending on the driver's
72 * For drivers supporting TDLS with external setup (WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_TDLS
73 * and WIPHY_FLAG_TDLS_EXTERNAL_SETUP), the station lifetime is as follows:
74 * - a setup station entry is added, not yet authorized, without any rate
75 * or capability information, this just exists to avoid race conditions
76 * - when the TDLS setup is done, a single NL80211_CMD_SET_STATION is valid
77 * to add rate and capability information to the station and at the same
78 * time mark it authorized.
79 * - %NL80211_TDLS_ENABLE_LINK is then used
80 * - after this, the only valid operation is to remove it by tearing down
81 * the TDLS link (%NL80211_TDLS_DISABLE_LINK)
83 * TODO: need more info for other interface types
87 * DOC: Frame transmission/registration support
89 * Frame transmission and registration support exists to allow userspace
90 * management entities such as wpa_supplicant react to management frames
91 * that are not being handled by the kernel. This includes, for example,
92 * certain classes of action frames that cannot be handled in the kernel
93 * for various reasons.
95 * Frame registration is done on a per-interface basis and registrations
96 * cannot be removed other than by closing the socket. It is possible to
97 * specify a registration filter to register, for example, only for a
98 * certain type of action frame. In particular with action frames, those
99 * that userspace registers for will not be returned as unhandled by the
100 * driver, so that the registered application has to take responsibility
103 * The type of frame that can be registered for is also dependent on the
104 * driver and interface type. The frame types are advertised in wiphy
105 * attributes so applications know what to expect.
107 * NOTE: When an interface changes type while registrations are active,
108 * these registrations are ignored until the interface type is
109 * changed again. This means that changing the interface type can
110 * lead to a situation that couldn't otherwise be produced, but
111 * any such registrations will be dormant in the sense that they
112 * will not be serviced, i.e. they will not receive any frames.
114 * Frame transmission allows userspace to send for example the required
115 * responses to action frames. It is subject to some sanity checking,
116 * but many frames can be transmitted. When a frame was transmitted, its
117 * status is indicated to the sending socket.
119 * For more technical details, see the corresponding command descriptions
124 * DOC: Virtual interface / concurrency capabilities
126 * Some devices are able to operate with virtual MACs, they can have
127 * more than one virtual interface. The capability handling for this
128 * is a bit complex though, as there may be a number of restrictions
129 * on the types of concurrency that are supported.
131 * To start with, each device supports the interface types listed in
132 * the %NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_IFTYPES attribute, but by listing the
133 * types there no concurrency is implied.
135 * Once concurrency is desired, more attributes must be observed:
136 * To start with, since some interface types are purely managed in
137 * software, like the AP-VLAN type in mac80211 for example, there's
138 * an additional list of these, they can be added at any time and
139 * are only restricted by some semantic restrictions (e.g. AP-VLAN
140 * cannot be added without a corresponding AP interface). This list
141 * is exported in the %NL80211_ATTR_SOFTWARE_IFTYPES attribute.
143 * Further, the list of supported combinations is exported. This is
144 * in the %NL80211_ATTR_INTERFACE_COMBINATIONS attribute. Basically,
145 * it exports a list of "groups", and at any point in time the
146 * interfaces that are currently active must fall into any one of
147 * the advertised groups. Within each group, there are restrictions
148 * on the number of interfaces of different types that are supported
149 * and also the number of different channels, along with potentially
150 * some other restrictions. See &enum nl80211_if_combination_attrs.
152 * All together, these attributes define the concurrency of virtual
153 * interfaces that a given device supports.
157 * DOC: packet coalesce support
159 * In most cases, host that receives IPv4 and IPv6 multicast/broadcast
160 * packets does not do anything with these packets. Therefore the
161 * reception of these unwanted packets causes unnecessary processing
162 * and power consumption.
164 * Packet coalesce feature helps to reduce number of received interrupts
165 * to host by buffering these packets in firmware/hardware for some
166 * predefined time. Received interrupt will be generated when one of the
167 * following events occur.
168 * a) Expiration of hardware timer whose expiration time is set to maximum
169 * coalescing delay of matching coalesce rule.
170 * b) Coalescing buffer in hardware reaches it's limit.
171 * c) Packet doesn't match any of the configured coalesce rules.
173 * User needs to configure following parameters for creating a coalesce
175 * a) Maximum coalescing delay
176 * b) List of packet patterns which needs to be matched
177 * c) Condition for coalescence. pattern 'match' or 'no match'
178 * Multiple such rules can be created.
182 * DOC: WPA/WPA2 EAPOL handshake offload
184 * By setting @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_STA_PSK flag drivers
185 * can indicate they support offloading EAPOL handshakes for WPA/WPA2
186 * preshared key authentication in station mode. In %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT
187 * the preshared key should be specified using %NL80211_ATTR_PMK. Drivers
188 * supporting this offload may reject the %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT when no
189 * preshared key material is provided, for example when that driver does
190 * not support setting the temporal keys through %NL80211_CMD_NEW_KEY.
192 * Similarly @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_STA_1X flag can be
193 * set by drivers indicating offload support of the PTK/GTK EAPOL
194 * handshakes during 802.1X authentication in station mode. In order to
195 * use the offload the %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT should have
196 * %NL80211_ATTR_WANT_1X_4WAY_HS attribute flag. Drivers supporting this
197 * offload may reject the %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT when the attribute flag is
200 * By setting @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_AP_PSK flag drivers
201 * can indicate they support offloading EAPOL handshakes for WPA/WPA2
202 * preshared key authentication in AP mode. In %NL80211_CMD_START_AP
203 * the preshared key should be specified using %NL80211_ATTR_PMK. Drivers
204 * supporting this offload may reject the %NL80211_CMD_START_AP when no
205 * preshared key material is provided, for example when that driver does
206 * not support setting the temporal keys through %NL80211_CMD_NEW_KEY.
208 * For 802.1X the PMK or PMK-R0 are set by providing %NL80211_ATTR_PMK
209 * using %NL80211_CMD_SET_PMK. For offloaded FT support also
210 * %NL80211_ATTR_PMKR0_NAME must be provided.
214 * DOC: FILS shared key authentication offload
216 * FILS shared key authentication offload can be advertized by drivers by
217 * setting @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_SK_OFFLOAD flag. The drivers that support
218 * FILS shared key authentication offload should be able to construct the
219 * authentication and association frames for FILS shared key authentication and
220 * eventually do a key derivation as per IEEE 802.11ai. The below additional
221 * parameters should be given to driver in %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT and/or in
222 * %NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_CONNECT_PARAMS.
223 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_USERNAME - used to construct keyname_nai
224 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_REALM - used to construct keyname_nai
225 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_NEXT_SEQ_NUM - used to construct erp message
226 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_RRK - used to generate the rIK and rMSK
227 * rIK should be used to generate an authentication tag on the ERP message and
228 * rMSK should be used to derive a PMKSA.
229 * rIK, rMSK should be generated and keyname_nai, sequence number should be used
230 * as specified in IETF RFC 6696.
232 * When FILS shared key authentication is completed, driver needs to provide the
233 * below additional parameters to userspace, which can be either after setting
234 * up a connection or after roaming.
235 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_KEK - used for key renewal
236 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_NEXT_SEQ_NUM - used in further EAP-RP exchanges
237 * %NL80211_ATTR_PMKID - used to identify the PMKSA used/generated
238 * %Nl80211_ATTR_PMK - used to update PMKSA cache in userspace
239 * The PMKSA can be maintained in userspace persistently so that it can be used
240 * later after reboots or wifi turn off/on also.
242 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_CACHE_ID is the cache identifier advertized by a FILS
243 * capable AP supporting PMK caching. It specifies the scope within which the
244 * PMKSAs are cached in an ESS. %NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA and
245 * %NL80211_CMD_DEL_PMKSA are enhanced to allow support for PMKSA caching based
246 * on FILS cache identifier. Additionally %NL80211_ATTR_PMK is used with
247 * %NL80211_SET_PMKSA to specify the PMK corresponding to a PMKSA for driver to
248 * use in a FILS shared key connection with PMKSA caching.
252 * DOC: SAE authentication offload
254 * By setting @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SAE_OFFLOAD flag drivers can indicate they
255 * support offloading SAE authentication for WPA3-Personal networks in station
256 * mode. Similarly @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SAE_OFFLOAD_AP flag can be set by
257 * drivers indicating the offload support in AP mode.
259 * The password for SAE should be specified using %NL80211_ATTR_SAE_PASSWORD in
260 * %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT and %NL80211_CMD_START_AP for station and AP mode
265 * DOC: VLAN offload support for setting group keys and binding STAs to VLANs
267 * By setting @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_VLAN_OFFLOAD flag drivers can indicate they
268 * support offloading VLAN functionality in a manner where the driver exposes a
269 * single netdev that uses VLAN tagged frames and separate VLAN-specific netdevs
270 * can then be added using RTM_NEWLINK/IFLA_VLAN_ID similarly to the Ethernet
271 * case. Frames received from stations that are not assigned to any VLAN are
272 * delivered on the main netdev and frames to such stations can be sent through
275 * %NL80211_CMD_NEW_KEY (for group keys), %NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION, and
276 * %NL80211_CMD_SET_STATION will optionally specify vlan_id using
277 * %NL80211_ATTR_VLAN_ID.
281 * DOC: TID configuration
283 * TID config support can be checked in the %NL80211_ATTR_TID_CONFIG
284 * attribute given in wiphy capabilities.
286 * The necessary configuration parameters are mentioned in
287 * &enum nl80211_tid_config_attr and it will be passed to the
288 * %NL80211_CMD_SET_TID_CONFIG command in %NL80211_ATTR_TID_CONFIG.
290 * If the configuration needs to be applied for specific peer then the MAC
291 * address of the peer needs to be passed in %NL80211_ATTR_MAC, otherwise the
292 * configuration will be applied for all the connected peers in the vif except
293 * any peers that have peer specific configuration for the TID by default; if
294 * the %NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_OVERRIDE flag is set, peer specific values
295 * will be overwritten.
297 * All this configuration is valid only for STA's current connection
298 * i.e. the configuration will be reset to default when the STA connects back
299 * after disconnection/roaming, and this configuration will be cleared when
300 * the interface goes down.
304 * DOC: FILS shared key crypto offload
306 * This feature is applicable to drivers running in AP mode.
308 * FILS shared key crypto offload can be advertised by drivers by setting
309 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_CRYPTO_OFFLOAD flag. The drivers that support
310 * FILS shared key crypto offload should be able to encrypt and decrypt
311 * association frames for FILS shared key authentication as per IEEE 802.11ai.
312 * With this capability, for FILS key derivation, drivers depend on userspace.
314 * After FILS key derivation, userspace shares the FILS AAD details with the
315 * driver and the driver stores the same to use in decryption of association
316 * request and in encryption of association response. The below parameters
317 * should be given to the driver in %NL80211_CMD_SET_FILS_AAD.
318 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC - STA MAC address, used for storing FILS AAD per STA
319 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_KEK - Used for encryption or decryption
320 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_NONCES - Used for encryption or decryption
321 * (STA Nonce 16 bytes followed by AP Nonce 16 bytes)
323 * Once the association is done, the driver cleans the FILS AAD data.
327 * DOC: Multi-Link Operation
329 * In Multi-Link Operation, a connection between to MLDs utilizes multiple
330 * links. To use this in nl80211, various commands and responses now need
331 * to or will include the new %NL80211_ATTR_MLO_LINKS attribute.
332 * Additionally, various commands that need to operate on a specific link
333 * now need to be given the %NL80211_ATTR_MLO_LINK_ID attribute, e.g. to
334 * use %NL80211_CMD_START_AP or similar functions.
338 * enum nl80211_commands - supported nl80211 commands
340 * @NL80211_CMD_UNSPEC: unspecified command to catch errors
342 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY: request information about a wiphy or dump request
343 * to get a list of all present wiphys.
344 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_WIPHY: set wiphy parameters, needs %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY or
345 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX; can be used to set %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_NAME,
346 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TXQ_PARAMS, %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ,
347 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_OFFSET (and the attributes determining the
348 * channel width; this is used for setting monitor mode channel),
349 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_SHORT, %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_LONG,
350 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FRAG_THRESHOLD, and/or
351 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RTS_THRESHOLD. However, for setting the channel,
352 * see %NL80211_CMD_SET_CHANNEL instead, the support here is for backward
353 * compatibility only.
354 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_WIPHY: Newly created wiphy, response to get request
355 * or rename notification. Has attributes %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY and
356 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_NAME.
357 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_WIPHY: Wiphy deleted. Has attributes
358 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY and %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_NAME.
360 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_INTERFACE: Request an interface's configuration;
361 * either a dump request for all interfaces or a specific get with a
362 * single %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is supported.
363 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_INTERFACE: Set type of a virtual interface, requires
364 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX and %NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE.
365 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_INTERFACE: Newly created virtual interface or response
366 * to %NL80211_CMD_GET_INTERFACE. Has %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX,
367 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY and %NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE attributes. Can also
368 * be sent from userspace to request creation of a new virtual interface,
369 * then requires attributes %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY, %NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE and
370 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFNAME.
371 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_INTERFACE: Virtual interface was deleted, has attributes
372 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX and %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY. Can also be sent from
373 * userspace to request deletion of a virtual interface, then requires
374 * attribute %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX. If multiple BSSID advertisements are
375 * enabled using %NL80211_ATTR_MBSSID_CONFIG, %NL80211_ATTR_MBSSID_ELEMS,
376 * and if this command is used for the transmitting interface, then all
377 * the non-transmitting interfaces are deleted as well.
379 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_KEY: Get sequence counter information for a key specified
380 * by %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX and/or %NL80211_ATTR_MAC. %NL80211_ATTR_MAC
381 * represents peer's MLD address for MLO pairwise key. For MLO group key,
382 * the link is identified by %NL80211_ATTR_MLO_LINK_ID.
383 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_KEY: Set key attributes %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT,
384 * %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT_MGMT, or %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_THRESHOLD.
385 * For MLO connection, the link to set default key is identified by
386 * %NL80211_ATTR_MLO_LINK_ID.
387 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_KEY: add a key with given %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DATA,
388 * %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX, %NL80211_ATTR_MAC, %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_CIPHER,
389 * and %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_SEQ attributes. %NL80211_ATTR_MAC represents
390 * peer's MLD address for MLO pairwise key. The link to add MLO
391 * group key is identified by %NL80211_ATTR_MLO_LINK_ID.
392 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_KEY: delete a key identified by %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX
393 * or %NL80211_ATTR_MAC. %NL80211_ATTR_MAC represents peer's MLD address
394 * for MLO pairwise key. The link to delete group key is identified by
395 * %NL80211_ATTR_MLO_LINK_ID.
397 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_BEACON: (not used)
398 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_BEACON: change the beacon on an access point interface
399 * using the %NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_HEAD and %NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_TAIL
400 * attributes. For drivers that generate the beacon and probe responses
401 * internally, the following attributes must be provided: %NL80211_ATTR_IE,
402 * %NL80211_ATTR_IE_PROBE_RESP and %NL80211_ATTR_IE_ASSOC_RESP.
403 * @NL80211_CMD_START_AP: Start AP operation on an AP interface, parameters
404 * are like for %NL80211_CMD_SET_BEACON, and additionally parameters that
405 * do not change are used, these include %NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_INTERVAL,
406 * %NL80211_ATTR_DTIM_PERIOD, %NL80211_ATTR_SSID,
407 * %NL80211_ATTR_HIDDEN_SSID, %NL80211_ATTR_CIPHERS_PAIRWISE,
408 * %NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_GROUP, %NL80211_ATTR_WPA_VERSIONS,
409 * %NL80211_ATTR_AKM_SUITES, %NL80211_ATTR_PRIVACY,
410 * %NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE, %NL80211_ATTR_INACTIVITY_TIMEOUT,
411 * %NL80211_ATTR_ACL_POLICY and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ADDRS.
412 * The channel to use can be set on the interface or be given using the
413 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ and %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_OFFSET, and the
414 * attributes determining channel width.
415 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_BEACON: old alias for %NL80211_CMD_START_AP
416 * @NL80211_CMD_STOP_AP: Stop AP operation on the given interface
417 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_BEACON: old alias for %NL80211_CMD_STOP_AP
419 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_STATION: Get station attributes for station identified by
420 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC on the interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
421 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_STATION: Set station attributes for station identified by
422 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC on the interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
423 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION: Add a station with given attributes to the
424 * interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
425 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_STATION: Remove a station identified by %NL80211_ATTR_MAC
426 * or, if no MAC address given, all stations, on the interface identified
427 * by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX. %NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE and
428 * %NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE can optionally be used to specify which type
429 * of disconnection indication should be sent to the station
430 * (Deauthentication or Disassociation frame and reason code for that
433 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_MPATH: Get mesh path attributes for mesh path to
434 * destination %NL80211_ATTR_MAC on the interface identified by
435 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
436 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MPATH: Set mesh path attributes for mesh path to
437 * destination %NL80211_ATTR_MAC on the interface identified by
438 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
439 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_MPATH: Create a new mesh path for the destination given by
440 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC via %NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_NEXT_HOP.
441 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_MPATH: Delete a mesh path to the destination given by
443 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_PATH: Add a mesh path with given attributes to the
444 * interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
445 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_PATH: Remove a mesh path identified by %NL80211_ATTR_MAC
446 * or, if no MAC address given, all mesh paths, on the interface identified
447 * by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
448 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_BSS: Set BSS attributes for BSS identified by
449 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
451 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_REG: ask the wireless core to send us its currently set
452 * regulatory domain. If %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY is specified and the device
453 * has a private regulatory domain, it will be returned. Otherwise, the
454 * global regdomain will be returned.
455 * A device will have a private regulatory domain if it uses the
456 * regulatory_hint() API. Even when a private regdomain is used the channel
457 * information will still be mended according to further hints from
458 * the regulatory core to help with compliance. A dump version of this API
459 * is now available which will returns the global regdomain as well as
460 * all private regdomains of present wiphys (for those that have it).
461 * If a wiphy is self-managed (%NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_SELF_MANAGED_REG), then
462 * its private regdomain is the only valid one for it. The regulatory
463 * core is not used to help with compliance in this case.
464 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_REG: Set current regulatory domain. CRDA sends this command
465 * after being queried by the kernel. CRDA replies by sending a regulatory
466 * domain structure which consists of %NL80211_ATTR_REG_ALPHA set to our
467 * current alpha2 if it found a match. It also provides
468 * NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_FLAGS, and a set of regulatory rules. Each
469 * regulatory rule is a nested set of attributes given by
470 * %NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_FREQ_[START|END] and
471 * %NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_MAX_BW with an attached power rule given by
472 * %NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_POWER_MAX_ANT_GAIN and
473 * %NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_POWER_MAX_EIRP.
474 * @NL80211_CMD_REQ_SET_REG: ask the wireless core to set the regulatory domain
475 * to the specified ISO/IEC 3166-1 alpha2 country code. The core will
476 * store this as a valid request and then query userspace for it.
478 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_MESH_CONFIG: Get mesh networking properties for the
479 * interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX
481 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MESH_CONFIG: Set mesh networking properties for the
482 * interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX
484 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE: Set extra IEs for management frames. The
485 * interface is identified with %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX and the management
486 * frame subtype with %NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE. The extra IE data to be
487 * added to the end of the specified management frame is specified with
488 * %NL80211_ATTR_IE. If the command succeeds, the requested data will be
489 * added to all specified management frames generated by
490 * kernel/firmware/driver.
491 * Note: This command has been removed and it is only reserved at this
492 * point to avoid re-using existing command number. The functionality this
493 * command was planned for has been provided with cleaner design with the
494 * option to specify additional IEs in NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN,
495 * NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE, NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE,
496 * NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE, and NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE.
498 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_SCAN: get scan results
499 * @NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN: trigger a new scan with the given parameters
500 * %NL80211_ATTR_TX_NO_CCK_RATE is used to decide whether to send the
501 * probe requests at CCK rate or not. %NL80211_ATTR_BSSID can be used to
502 * specify a BSSID to scan for; if not included, the wildcard BSSID will
504 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_SCAN_RESULTS: scan notification (as a reply to
505 * NL80211_CMD_GET_SCAN and on the "scan" multicast group)
506 * @NL80211_CMD_SCAN_ABORTED: scan was aborted, for unspecified reasons,
507 * partial scan results may be available
509 * @NL80211_CMD_START_SCHED_SCAN: start a scheduled scan at certain
510 * intervals and certain number of cycles, as specified by
511 * %NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS. If %NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS is
512 * not specified and only %NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_INTERVAL is specified,
513 * scheduled scan will run in an infinite loop with the specified interval.
514 * These attributes are mutually exculsive,
515 * i.e. NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_INTERVAL must not be passed if
516 * NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS is defined.
517 * If for some reason scheduled scan is aborted by the driver, all scan
518 * plans are canceled (including scan plans that did not start yet).
519 * Like with normal scans, if SSIDs (%NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SSIDS)
520 * are passed, they are used in the probe requests. For
521 * broadcast, a broadcast SSID must be passed (ie. an empty
522 * string). If no SSID is passed, no probe requests are sent and
523 * a passive scan is performed. %NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQUENCIES,
524 * if passed, define which channels should be scanned; if not
525 * passed, all channels allowed for the current regulatory domain
526 * are used. Extra IEs can also be passed from the userspace by
527 * using the %NL80211_ATTR_IE attribute. The first cycle of the
528 * scheduled scan can be delayed by %NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_DELAY
529 * is supplied. If the device supports multiple concurrent scheduled
530 * scans, it will allow such when the caller provides the flag attribute
531 * %NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MULTI to indicate user-space support for it.
532 * @NL80211_CMD_STOP_SCHED_SCAN: stop a scheduled scan. Returns -ENOENT if
533 * scheduled scan is not running. The caller may assume that as soon
534 * as the call returns, it is safe to start a new scheduled scan again.
535 * @NL80211_CMD_SCHED_SCAN_RESULTS: indicates that there are scheduled scan
537 * @NL80211_CMD_SCHED_SCAN_STOPPED: indicates that the scheduled scan has
538 * stopped. The driver may issue this event at any time during a
539 * scheduled scan. One reason for stopping the scan is if the hardware
540 * does not support starting an association or a normal scan while running
541 * a scheduled scan. This event is also sent when the
542 * %NL80211_CMD_STOP_SCHED_SCAN command is received or when the interface
543 * is brought down while a scheduled scan was running.
545 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_SURVEY: get survey resuls, e.g. channel occupation
547 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_SURVEY_RESULTS: survey data notification (as a reply to
548 * NL80211_CMD_GET_SURVEY and on the "scan" multicast group)
550 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA: Add a PMKSA cache entry using %NL80211_ATTR_MAC
551 * (for the BSSID), %NL80211_ATTR_PMKID, and optionally %NL80211_ATTR_PMK
552 * (PMK is used for PTKSA derivation in case of FILS shared key offload) or
553 * using %NL80211_ATTR_SSID, %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_CACHE_ID,
554 * %NL80211_ATTR_PMKID, and %NL80211_ATTR_PMK in case of FILS
555 * authentication where %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_CACHE_ID is the identifier
556 * advertized by a FILS capable AP identifying the scope of PMKSA in an
558 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_PMKSA: Delete a PMKSA cache entry, using %NL80211_ATTR_MAC
559 * (for the BSSID) and %NL80211_ATTR_PMKID or using %NL80211_ATTR_SSID,
560 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_CACHE_ID, and %NL80211_ATTR_PMKID in case of FILS
562 * @NL80211_CMD_FLUSH_PMKSA: Flush all PMKSA cache entries.
564 * @NL80211_CMD_REG_CHANGE: indicates to userspace the regulatory domain
565 * has been changed and provides details of the request information
566 * that caused the change such as who initiated the regulatory request
567 * (%NL80211_ATTR_REG_INITIATOR), the wiphy_idx
568 * (%NL80211_ATTR_REG_ALPHA2) on which the request was made from if
569 * the initiator was %NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_COUNTRY_IE or
570 * %NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_DRIVER, the type of regulatory domain
571 * set (%NL80211_ATTR_REG_TYPE), if the type of regulatory domain is
572 * %NL80211_REG_TYPE_COUNTRY the alpha2 to which we have moved on
573 * to (%NL80211_ATTR_REG_ALPHA2).
574 * @NL80211_CMD_REG_BEACON_HINT: indicates to userspace that an AP beacon
575 * has been found while world roaming thus enabling active scan or
576 * any mode of operation that initiates TX (beacons) on a channel
577 * where we would not have been able to do either before. As an example
578 * if you are world roaming (regulatory domain set to world or if your
579 * driver is using a custom world roaming regulatory domain) and while
580 * doing a passive scan on the 5 GHz band you find an AP there (if not
581 * on a DFS channel) you will now be able to actively scan for that AP
582 * or use AP mode on your card on that same channel. Note that this will
583 * never be used for channels 1-11 on the 2 GHz band as they are always
584 * enabled world wide. This beacon hint is only sent if your device had
585 * either disabled active scanning or beaconing on a channel. We send to
586 * userspace the wiphy on which we removed a restriction from
587 * (%NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY) and the channel on which this occurred
588 * before (%NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_BEFORE) and after (%NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_AFTER)
589 * the beacon hint was processed.
591 * @NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE: authentication request and notification.
592 * This command is used both as a command (request to authenticate) and
593 * as an event on the "mlme" multicast group indicating completion of the
594 * authentication process.
595 * When used as a command, %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is used to identify the
596 * interface. %NL80211_ATTR_MAC is used to specify PeerSTAAddress (and
597 * BSSID in case of station mode). %NL80211_ATTR_SSID is used to specify
598 * the SSID (mainly for association, but is included in authentication
599 * request, too, to help BSS selection. %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ +
600 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_OFFSET is used to specify the frequence of the
601 * channel in MHz. %NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE is used to specify the
602 * authentication type. %NL80211_ATTR_IE is used to define IEs
603 * (VendorSpecificInfo, but also including RSN IE and FT IEs) to be added
605 * When used as an event, this reports reception of an Authentication
606 * frame in station and IBSS modes when the local MLME processed the
607 * frame, i.e., it was for the local STA and was received in correct
608 * state. This is similar to MLME-AUTHENTICATE.confirm primitive in the
609 * MLME SAP interface (kernel providing MLME, userspace SME). The
610 * included %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME attribute contains the management frame
611 * (including both the header and frame body, but not FCS). This event is
612 * also used to indicate if the authentication attempt timed out. In that
613 * case the %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME attribute is replaced with a
614 * %NL80211_ATTR_TIMED_OUT flag (and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC to indicate which
615 * pending authentication timed out).
616 * @NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE: association request and notification; like
617 * NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE but for Association and Reassociation
618 * (similar to MLME-ASSOCIATE.request, MLME-REASSOCIATE.request,
619 * MLME-ASSOCIATE.confirm or MLME-REASSOCIATE.confirm primitives). The
620 * %NL80211_ATTR_PREV_BSSID attribute is used to specify whether the
621 * request is for the initial association to an ESS (that attribute not
622 * included) or for reassociation within the ESS (that attribute is
624 * @NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE: deauthentication request and notification; like
625 * NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE but for Deauthentication frames (similar to
626 * MLME-DEAUTHENTICATION.request and MLME-DEAUTHENTICATE.indication
628 * @NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE: disassociation request and notification; like
629 * NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE but for Disassociation frames (similar to
630 * MLME-DISASSOCIATE.request and MLME-DISASSOCIATE.indication primitives).
632 * @NL80211_CMD_MICHAEL_MIC_FAILURE: notification of a locally detected Michael
633 * MIC (part of TKIP) failure; sent on the "mlme" multicast group; the
634 * event includes %NL80211_ATTR_MAC to describe the source MAC address of
635 * the frame with invalid MIC, %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_TYPE to show the key
636 * type, %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX to indicate the key identifier, and
637 * %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_SEQ to indicate the TSC value of the frame; this
638 * event matches with MLME-MICHAELMICFAILURE.indication() primitive
640 * @NL80211_CMD_JOIN_IBSS: Join a new IBSS -- given at least an SSID and a
641 * FREQ attribute (for the initial frequency if no peer can be found)
642 * and optionally a MAC (as BSSID) and FREQ_FIXED attribute if those
643 * should be fixed rather than automatically determined. Can only be
644 * executed on a network interface that is UP, and fixed BSSID/FREQ
645 * may be rejected. Another optional parameter is the beacon interval,
646 * given in the %NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_INTERVAL attribute, which if not
647 * given defaults to 100 TU (102.4ms).
648 * @NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_IBSS: Leave the IBSS -- no special arguments, the IBSS is
649 * determined by the network interface.
651 * @NL80211_CMD_TESTMODE: testmode command, takes a wiphy (or ifindex) attribute
652 * to identify the device, and the TESTDATA blob attribute to pass through
655 * @NL80211_CMD_CONNECT: connection request and notification; this command
656 * requests to connect to a specified network but without separating
657 * auth and assoc steps. For this, you need to specify the SSID in a
658 * %NL80211_ATTR_SSID attribute, and can optionally specify the association
659 * IEs in %NL80211_ATTR_IE, %NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE,
660 * %NL80211_ATTR_USE_MFP, %NL80211_ATTR_MAC, %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ,
661 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_OFFSET, %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT,
662 * %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_ETHERTYPE,
663 * %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_NO_ENCRYPT,
664 * %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_OVER_NL80211, %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_HINT, and
665 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_HINT.
666 * If included, %NL80211_ATTR_MAC and %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ are
667 * restrictions on BSS selection, i.e., they effectively prevent roaming
668 * within the ESS. %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_HINT and %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_HINT
669 * can be included to provide a recommendation of the initial BSS while
670 * allowing the driver to roam to other BSSes within the ESS and also to
671 * ignore this recommendation if the indicated BSS is not ideal. Only one
672 * set of BSSID,frequency parameters is used (i.e., either the enforcing
673 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC,%NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ or the less strict
674 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_HINT and %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_HINT).
675 * Driver shall not modify the IEs specified through %NL80211_ATTR_IE if
676 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC is included. However, if %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_HINT is
677 * included, these IEs through %NL80211_ATTR_IE are specified by the user
678 * space based on the best possible BSS selected. Thus, if the driver ends
679 * up selecting a different BSS, it can modify these IEs accordingly (e.g.
680 * userspace asks the driver to perform PMKSA caching with BSS1 and the
681 * driver ends up selecting BSS2 with different PMKSA cache entry; RSNIE
682 * has to get updated with the apt PMKID).
683 * %NL80211_ATTR_PREV_BSSID can be used to request a reassociation within
684 * the ESS in case the device is already associated and an association with
685 * a different BSS is desired.
686 * Background scan period can optionally be
687 * specified in %NL80211_ATTR_BG_SCAN_PERIOD,
688 * if not specified default background scan configuration
689 * in driver is used and if period value is 0, bg scan will be disabled.
690 * This attribute is ignored if driver does not support roam scan.
691 * It is also sent as an event, with the BSSID and response IEs when the
692 * connection is established or failed to be established. This can be
693 * determined by the %NL80211_ATTR_STATUS_CODE attribute (0 = success,
694 * non-zero = failure). If %NL80211_ATTR_TIMED_OUT is included in the
695 * event, the connection attempt failed due to not being able to initiate
696 * authentication/association or not receiving a response from the AP.
697 * Non-zero %NL80211_ATTR_STATUS_CODE value is indicated in that case as
698 * well to remain backwards compatible.
699 * @NL80211_CMD_ROAM: Notification indicating the card/driver roamed by itself.
700 * When a security association was established on an 802.1X network using
701 * fast transition, this event should be followed by an
702 * %NL80211_CMD_PORT_AUTHORIZED event.
703 * Following a %NL80211_CMD_ROAM event userspace can issue
704 * %NL80211_CMD_GET_SCAN in order to obtain the scan information for the
705 * new BSS the card/driver roamed to.
706 * @NL80211_CMD_DISCONNECT: drop a given connection; also used to notify
707 * userspace that a connection was dropped by the AP or due to other
708 * reasons, for this the %NL80211_ATTR_DISCONNECTED_BY_AP and
709 * %NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE attributes are used.
711 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_WIPHY_NETNS: Set a wiphy's netns. Note that all devices
712 * associated with this wiphy must be down and will follow.
714 * @NL80211_CMD_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL: Request to remain awake on the specified
715 * channel for the specified amount of time. This can be used to do
716 * off-channel operations like transmit a Public Action frame and wait for
717 * a response while being associated to an AP on another channel.
718 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is used to specify which interface (and thus
719 * radio) is used. %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ is used to specify the
720 * frequency for the operation.
721 * %NL80211_ATTR_DURATION is used to specify the duration in milliseconds
722 * to remain on the channel. This command is also used as an event to
723 * notify when the requested duration starts (it may take a while for the
724 * driver to schedule this time due to other concurrent needs for the
726 * When called, this operation returns a cookie (%NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE)
727 * that will be included with any events pertaining to this request;
728 * the cookie is also used to cancel the request.
729 * @NL80211_CMD_CANCEL_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL: This command can be used to cancel a
730 * pending remain-on-channel duration if the desired operation has been
731 * completed prior to expiration of the originally requested duration.
732 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY or %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is used to specify the
733 * radio. The %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE attribute must be given as well to
734 * uniquely identify the request.
735 * This command is also used as an event to notify when a requested
736 * remain-on-channel duration has expired.
738 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_TX_BITRATE_MASK: Set the mask of rates to be used in TX
739 * rate selection. %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is used to specify the interface
740 * and @NL80211_ATTR_TX_RATES the set of allowed rates.
742 * @NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME: Register for receiving certain mgmt frames
743 * (via @NL80211_CMD_FRAME) for processing in userspace. This command
744 * requires an interface index, a frame type attribute (optional for
745 * backward compatibility reasons, if not given assumes action frames)
746 * and a match attribute containing the first few bytes of the frame
747 * that should match, e.g. a single byte for only a category match or
748 * four bytes for vendor frames including the OUI. The registration
749 * cannot be dropped, but is removed automatically when the netlink
750 * socket is closed. Multiple registrations can be made.
751 * The %NL80211_ATTR_RECEIVE_MULTICAST flag attribute can be given if
752 * %NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MULTICAST_REGISTRATIONS is available, in which
753 * case the registration can also be modified to include/exclude the
754 * flag, rather than requiring unregistration to change it.
755 * @NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_ACTION: Alias for @NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME for
756 * backward compatibility
757 * @NL80211_CMD_FRAME: Management frame TX request and RX notification. This
758 * command is used both as a request to transmit a management frame and
759 * as an event indicating reception of a frame that was not processed in
760 * kernel code, but is for us (i.e., which may need to be processed in a
761 * user space application). %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME is used to specify the
762 * frame contents (including header). %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ is used
763 * to indicate on which channel the frame is to be transmitted or was
764 * received. If this channel is not the current channel (remain-on-channel
765 * or the operational channel) the device will switch to the given channel
766 * and transmit the frame, optionally waiting for a response for the time
767 * specified using %NL80211_ATTR_DURATION. When called, this operation
768 * returns a cookie (%NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE) that will be included with the
769 * TX status event pertaining to the TX request.
770 * %NL80211_ATTR_TX_NO_CCK_RATE is used to decide whether to send the
771 * management frames at CCK rate or not in 2GHz band.
772 * %NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFFSETS_TX is an array of offsets to CSA
773 * counters which will be updated to the current value. This attribute
774 * is used during CSA period.
775 * For TX on an MLD, the frequency can be omitted and the link ID be
776 * specified, or if transmitting to a known peer MLD (with MLD addresses
777 * in the frame) both can be omitted and the link will be selected by
779 * For RX notification, %NL80211_ATTR_RX_HW_TIMESTAMP may be included to
780 * indicate the frame RX timestamp and %NL80211_ATTR_TX_HW_TIMESTAMP may
781 * be included to indicate the ack TX timestamp.
782 * @NL80211_CMD_FRAME_WAIT_CANCEL: When an off-channel TX was requested, this
783 * command may be used with the corresponding cookie to cancel the wait
784 * time if it is known that it is no longer necessary. This command is
785 * also sent as an event whenever the driver has completed the off-channel
787 * @NL80211_CMD_ACTION: Alias for @NL80211_CMD_FRAME for backward compatibility.
788 * @NL80211_CMD_FRAME_TX_STATUS: Report TX status of a management frame
789 * transmitted with %NL80211_CMD_FRAME. %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE identifies
790 * the TX command and %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME includes the contents of the
791 * frame. %NL80211_ATTR_ACK flag is included if the recipient acknowledged
792 * the frame. %NL80211_ATTR_TX_HW_TIMESTAMP may be included to indicate the
793 * tx timestamp and %NL80211_ATTR_RX_HW_TIMESTAMP may be included to
794 * indicate the ack RX timestamp.
795 * @NL80211_CMD_ACTION_TX_STATUS: Alias for @NL80211_CMD_FRAME_TX_STATUS for
796 * backward compatibility.
798 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_POWER_SAVE: Set powersave, using %NL80211_ATTR_PS_STATE
799 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_POWER_SAVE: Get powersave status in %NL80211_ATTR_PS_STATE
801 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_CQM: Connection quality monitor configuration. This command
802 * is used to configure connection quality monitoring notification trigger
804 * @NL80211_CMD_NOTIFY_CQM: Connection quality monitor notification. This
805 * command is used as an event to indicate the that a trigger level was
807 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_CHANNEL: Set the channel (using %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ
808 * and the attributes determining channel width) the given interface
809 * (identifed by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX) shall operate on.
810 * In case multiple channels are supported by the device, the mechanism
811 * with which it switches channels is implementation-defined.
812 * When a monitor interface is given, it can only switch channel while
813 * no other interfaces are operating to avoid disturbing the operation
814 * of any other interfaces, and other interfaces will again take
815 * precedence when they are used.
817 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_WDS_PEER: Set the MAC address of the peer on a WDS interface
818 * (no longer supported).
820 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MULTICAST_TO_UNICAST: Configure if this AP should perform
821 * multicast to unicast conversion. When enabled, all multicast packets
822 * with ethertype ARP, IPv4 or IPv6 (possibly within an 802.1Q header)
823 * will be sent out to each station once with the destination (multicast)
824 * MAC address replaced by the station's MAC address. Note that this may
825 * break certain expectations of the receiver, e.g. the ability to drop
826 * unicast IP packets encapsulated in multicast L2 frames, or the ability
827 * to not send destination unreachable messages in such cases.
828 * This can only be toggled per BSS. Configure this on an interface of
829 * type %NL80211_IFTYPE_AP. It applies to all its VLAN interfaces
830 * (%NL80211_IFTYPE_AP_VLAN), except for those in 4addr (WDS) mode.
831 * If %NL80211_ATTR_MULTICAST_TO_UNICAST_ENABLED is not present with this
832 * command, the feature is disabled.
834 * @NL80211_CMD_JOIN_MESH: Join a mesh. The mesh ID must be given, and initial
835 * mesh config parameters may be given.
836 * @NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_MESH: Leave the mesh network -- no special arguments, the
837 * network is determined by the network interface.
839 * @NL80211_CMD_UNPROT_DEAUTHENTICATE: Unprotected deauthentication frame
840 * notification. This event is used to indicate that an unprotected
841 * deauthentication frame was dropped when MFP is in use.
842 * @NL80211_CMD_UNPROT_DISASSOCIATE: Unprotected disassociation frame
843 * notification. This event is used to indicate that an unprotected
844 * disassociation frame was dropped when MFP is in use.
846 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_PEER_CANDIDATE: Notification on the reception of a
847 * beacon or probe response from a compatible mesh peer. This is only
848 * sent while no station information (sta_info) exists for the new peer
849 * candidate and when @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AUTH,
850 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AMPE, or
851 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_MPM is set. On reception of this
852 * notification, userspace may decide to create a new station
853 * (@NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION). To stop this notification from
854 * reoccurring, the userspace authentication daemon may want to create the
855 * new station with the AUTHENTICATED flag unset and maybe change it later
856 * depending on the authentication result.
858 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_WOWLAN: get Wake-on-Wireless-LAN (WoWLAN) settings.
859 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_WOWLAN: set Wake-on-Wireless-LAN (WoWLAN) settings.
860 * Since wireless is more complex than wired ethernet, it supports
861 * various triggers. These triggers can be configured through this
862 * command with the %NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS attribute. For
863 * more background information, see
864 * https://wireless.wiki.kernel.org/en/users/Documentation/WoWLAN.
865 * The @NL80211_CMD_SET_WOWLAN command can also be used as a notification
866 * from the driver reporting the wakeup reason. In this case, the
867 * @NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS attribute will contain the reason
868 * for the wakeup, if it was caused by wireless. If it is not present
869 * in the wakeup notification, the wireless device didn't cause the
870 * wakeup but reports that it was woken up.
872 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_REKEY_OFFLOAD: This command is used give the driver
873 * the necessary information for supporting GTK rekey offload. This
874 * feature is typically used during WoWLAN. The configuration data
875 * is contained in %NL80211_ATTR_REKEY_DATA (which is nested and
876 * contains the data in sub-attributes). After rekeying happened,
877 * this command may also be sent by the driver as an MLME event to
878 * inform userspace of the new replay counter.
880 * @NL80211_CMD_PMKSA_CANDIDATE: This is used as an event to inform userspace
881 * of PMKSA caching dandidates.
883 * @NL80211_CMD_TDLS_OPER: Perform a high-level TDLS command (e.g. link setup).
884 * In addition, this can be used as an event to request userspace to take
885 * actions on TDLS links (set up a new link or tear down an existing one).
886 * In such events, %NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_OPERATION indicates the requested
887 * operation, %NL80211_ATTR_MAC contains the peer MAC address, and
888 * %NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE the reason code to be used (only with
889 * %NL80211_TDLS_TEARDOWN).
890 * @NL80211_CMD_TDLS_MGMT: Send a TDLS management frame. The
891 * %NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_ACTION attribute determines the type of frame to be
892 * sent. Public Action codes (802.11-2012 8.1.5.1) will be sent as
893 * 802.11 management frames, while TDLS action codes (802.11-2012
894 * 8.5.13.1) will be encapsulated and sent as data frames. The currently
895 * supported Public Action code is %WLAN_PUB_ACTION_TDLS_DISCOVER_RES
896 * and the currently supported TDLS actions codes are given in
897 * &enum ieee80211_tdls_actioncode.
899 * @NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_FRAME: Used by an application controlling an AP
900 * (or GO) interface (i.e. hostapd) to ask for unexpected frames to
901 * implement sending deauth to stations that send unexpected class 3
902 * frames. Also used as the event sent by the kernel when such a frame
904 * For the event, the %NL80211_ATTR_MAC attribute carries the TA and
905 * other attributes like the interface index are present.
906 * If used as the command it must have an interface index and you can
907 * only unsubscribe from the event by closing the socket. Subscription
908 * is also for %NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_4ADDR_FRAME events.
910 * @NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_4ADDR_FRAME: Sent as an event indicating that the
911 * associated station identified by %NL80211_ATTR_MAC sent a 4addr frame
912 * and wasn't already in a 4-addr VLAN. The event will be sent similarly
913 * to the %NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_FRAME event, to the same listener.
915 * @NL80211_CMD_PROBE_CLIENT: Probe an associated station on an AP interface
916 * by sending a null data frame to it and reporting when the frame is
917 * acknowleged. This is used to allow timing out inactive clients. Uses
918 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC. The command returns a
919 * direct reply with an %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE that is later used to match
920 * up the event with the request. The event includes the same data and
921 * has %NL80211_ATTR_ACK set if the frame was ACKed.
923 * @NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_BEACONS: Register this socket to receive beacons from
924 * other BSSes when any interfaces are in AP mode. This helps implement
925 * OLBC handling in hostapd. Beacons are reported in %NL80211_CMD_FRAME
926 * messages. Note that per PHY only one application may register.
928 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_NOACK_MAP: sets a bitmap for the individual TIDs whether
929 * No Acknowledgement Policy should be applied.
931 * @NL80211_CMD_CH_SWITCH_NOTIFY: An AP or GO may decide to switch channels
932 * independently of the userspace SME, send this event indicating
933 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is now on %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ and the
934 * attributes determining channel width. This indication may also be
935 * sent when a remotely-initiated switch (e.g., when a STA receives a CSA
936 * from the remote AP) is completed;
938 * @NL80211_CMD_CH_SWITCH_STARTED_NOTIFY: Notify that a channel switch
939 * has been started on an interface, regardless of the initiator
940 * (ie. whether it was requested from a remote device or
941 * initiated on our own). It indicates that
942 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX will be on %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ
943 * after %NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_COUNT TBTT's. The userspace may
944 * decide to react to this indication by requesting other
945 * interfaces to change channel as well.
947 * @NL80211_CMD_START_P2P_DEVICE: Start the given P2P Device, identified by
948 * its %NL80211_ATTR_WDEV identifier. It must have been created with
949 * %NL80211_CMD_NEW_INTERFACE previously. After it has been started, the
950 * P2P Device can be used for P2P operations, e.g. remain-on-channel and
951 * public action frame TX.
952 * @NL80211_CMD_STOP_P2P_DEVICE: Stop the given P2P Device, identified by
953 * its %NL80211_ATTR_WDEV identifier.
955 * @NL80211_CMD_CONN_FAILED: connection request to an AP failed; used to
956 * notify userspace that AP has rejected the connection request from a
957 * station, due to particular reason. %NL80211_ATTR_CONN_FAILED_REASON
960 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MCAST_RATE: Change the rate used to send multicast frames
961 * for IBSS or MESH vif.
963 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MAC_ACL: sets ACL for MAC address based access control.
964 * This is to be used with the drivers advertising the support of MAC
965 * address based access control. List of MAC addresses is passed in
966 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ADDRS and ACL policy is passed in
967 * %NL80211_ATTR_ACL_POLICY. Driver will enable ACL with this list, if it
968 * is not already done. The new list will replace any existing list. Driver
969 * will clear its ACL when the list of MAC addresses passed is empty. This
970 * command is used in AP/P2P GO mode. Driver has to make sure to clear its
971 * ACL list during %NL80211_CMD_STOP_AP.
973 * @NL80211_CMD_RADAR_DETECT: Start a Channel availability check (CAC). Once
974 * a radar is detected or the channel availability scan (CAC) has finished
975 * or was aborted, or a radar was detected, usermode will be notified with
976 * this event. This command is also used to notify userspace about radars
977 * while operating on this channel.
978 * %NL80211_ATTR_RADAR_EVENT is used to inform about the type of the
981 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_PROTOCOL_FEATURES: Get global nl80211 protocol features,
982 * i.e. features for the nl80211 protocol rather than device features.
983 * Returns the features in the %NL80211_ATTR_PROTOCOL_FEATURES bitmap.
985 * @NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_FT_IES: Pass down the most up-to-date Fast Transition
986 * Information Element to the WLAN driver
988 * @NL80211_CMD_FT_EVENT: Send a Fast transition event from the WLAN driver
989 * to the supplicant. This will carry the target AP's MAC address along
990 * with the relevant Information Elements. This event is used to report
991 * received FT IEs (MDIE, FTIE, RSN IE, TIE, RICIE).
993 * @NL80211_CMD_CRIT_PROTOCOL_START: Indicates user-space will start running
994 * a critical protocol that needs more reliability in the connection to
997 * @NL80211_CMD_CRIT_PROTOCOL_STOP: Indicates the connection reliability can
998 * return back to normal.
1000 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_COALESCE: Get currently supported coalesce rules.
1001 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_COALESCE: Configure coalesce rules or clear existing rules.
1003 * @NL80211_CMD_CHANNEL_SWITCH: Perform a channel switch by announcing the
1004 * new channel information (Channel Switch Announcement - CSA)
1005 * in the beacon for some time (as defined in the
1006 * %NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_COUNT parameter) and then change to the
1007 * new channel. Userspace provides the new channel information (using
1008 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ and the attributes determining channel
1009 * width). %NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_BLOCK_TX may be supplied to inform
1010 * other station that transmission must be blocked until the channel
1011 * switch is complete.
1013 * @NL80211_CMD_VENDOR: Vendor-specified command/event. The command is specified
1014 * by the %NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_ID attribute and a sub-command in
1015 * %NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_SUBCMD. Parameter(s) can be transported in
1016 * %NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA.
1017 * For feature advertisement, the %NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA attribute is
1018 * used in the wiphy data as a nested attribute containing descriptions
1019 * (&struct nl80211_vendor_cmd_info) of the supported vendor commands.
1020 * This may also be sent as an event with the same attributes.
1022 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_QOS_MAP: Set Interworking QoS mapping for IP DSCP values.
1023 * The QoS mapping information is included in %NL80211_ATTR_QOS_MAP. If
1024 * that attribute is not included, QoS mapping is disabled. Since this
1025 * QoS mapping is relevant for IP packets, it is only valid during an
1026 * association. This is cleared on disassociation and AP restart.
1028 * @NL80211_CMD_ADD_TX_TS: Ask the kernel to add a traffic stream for the given
1029 * %NL80211_ATTR_TSID and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC with %NL80211_ATTR_USER_PRIO
1030 * and %NL80211_ATTR_ADMITTED_TIME parameters.
1031 * Note that the action frame handshake with the AP shall be handled by
1032 * userspace via the normal management RX/TX framework, this only sets
1033 * up the TX TS in the driver/device.
1034 * If the admitted time attribute is not added then the request just checks
1035 * if a subsequent setup could be successful, the intent is to use this to
1036 * avoid setting up a session with the AP when local restrictions would
1037 * make that impossible. However, the subsequent "real" setup may still
1038 * fail even if the check was successful.
1039 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_TX_TS: Remove an existing TS with the %NL80211_ATTR_TSID
1040 * and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC parameters. It isn't necessary to call this
1041 * before removing a station entry entirely, or before disassociating
1042 * or similar, cleanup will happen in the driver/device in this case.
1044 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_MPP: Get mesh path attributes for mesh proxy path to
1045 * destination %NL80211_ATTR_MAC on the interface identified by
1046 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
1048 * @NL80211_CMD_JOIN_OCB: Join the OCB network. The center frequency and
1049 * bandwidth of a channel must be given.
1050 * @NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_OCB: Leave the OCB network -- no special arguments, the
1051 * network is determined by the network interface.
1053 * @NL80211_CMD_TDLS_CHANNEL_SWITCH: Start channel-switching with a TDLS peer,
1054 * identified by the %NL80211_ATTR_MAC parameter. A target channel is
1055 * provided via %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ and other attributes determining
1056 * channel width/type. The target operating class is given via
1057 * %NL80211_ATTR_OPER_CLASS.
1058 * The driver is responsible for continually initiating channel-switching
1059 * operations and returning to the base channel for communication with the
1061 * @NL80211_CMD_TDLS_CANCEL_CHANNEL_SWITCH: Stop channel-switching with a TDLS
1062 * peer given by %NL80211_ATTR_MAC. Both peers must be on the base channel
1063 * when this command completes.
1065 * @NL80211_CMD_WIPHY_REG_CHANGE: Similar to %NL80211_CMD_REG_CHANGE, but used
1066 * as an event to indicate changes for devices with wiphy-specific regdom
1069 * @NL80211_CMD_ABORT_SCAN: Stop an ongoing scan. Returns -ENOENT if a scan is
1070 * not running. The driver indicates the status of the scan through
1071 * cfg80211_scan_done().
1073 * @NL80211_CMD_START_NAN: Start NAN operation, identified by its
1074 * %NL80211_ATTR_WDEV interface. This interface must have been
1075 * previously created with %NL80211_CMD_NEW_INTERFACE. After it
1076 * has been started, the NAN interface will create or join a
1077 * cluster. This command must have a valid
1078 * %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MASTER_PREF attribute and optional
1079 * %NL80211_ATTR_BANDS attributes. If %NL80211_ATTR_BANDS is
1080 * omitted or set to 0, it means don't-care and the device will
1081 * decide what to use. After this command NAN functions can be
1083 * @NL80211_CMD_STOP_NAN: Stop the NAN operation, identified by
1084 * its %NL80211_ATTR_WDEV interface.
1085 * @NL80211_CMD_ADD_NAN_FUNCTION: Add a NAN function. The function is defined
1086 * with %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_FUNC nested attribute. When called, this
1087 * operation returns the strictly positive and unique instance id
1088 * (%NL80211_ATTR_NAN_FUNC_INST_ID) and a cookie (%NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE)
1089 * of the function upon success.
1090 * Since instance ID's can be re-used, this cookie is the right
1091 * way to identify the function. This will avoid races when a termination
1092 * event is handled by the user space after it has already added a new
1093 * function that got the same instance id from the kernel as the one
1094 * which just terminated.
1095 * This cookie may be used in NAN events even before the command
1096 * returns, so userspace shouldn't process NAN events until it processes
1097 * the response to this command.
1098 * Look at %NL80211_ATTR_SOCKET_OWNER as well.
1099 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_NAN_FUNCTION: Delete a NAN function by cookie.
1100 * This command is also used as a notification sent when a NAN function is
1101 * terminated. This will contain a %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_FUNC_INST_ID
1102 * and %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE attributes.
1103 * @NL80211_CMD_CHANGE_NAN_CONFIG: Change current NAN
1104 * configuration. NAN must be operational (%NL80211_CMD_START_NAN
1105 * was executed). It must contain at least one of the following
1106 * attributes: %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MASTER_PREF,
1107 * %NL80211_ATTR_BANDS. If %NL80211_ATTR_BANDS is omitted, the
1108 * current configuration is not changed. If it is present but
1109 * set to zero, the configuration is changed to don't-care
1110 * (i.e. the device can decide what to do).
1111 * @NL80211_CMD_NAN_FUNC_MATCH: Notification sent when a match is reported.
1112 * This will contain a %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MATCH nested attribute and
1113 * %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE.
1115 * @NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_CONNECT_PARAMS: Update one or more connect parameters
1116 * for subsequent roaming cases if the driver or firmware uses internal
1117 * BSS selection. This command can be issued only while connected and it
1118 * does not result in a change for the current association. Currently,
1119 * only the %NL80211_ATTR_IE data is used and updated with this command.
1121 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_PMK: For offloaded 4-Way handshake, set the PMK or PMK-R0
1122 * for the given authenticator address (specified with %NL80211_ATTR_MAC).
1123 * When %NL80211_ATTR_PMKR0_NAME is set, %NL80211_ATTR_PMK specifies the
1124 * PMK-R0, otherwise it specifies the PMK.
1125 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_PMK: For offloaded 4-Way handshake, delete the previously
1126 * configured PMK for the authenticator address identified by
1127 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC.
1128 * @NL80211_CMD_PORT_AUTHORIZED: An event that indicates an 802.1X FT roam was
1129 * completed successfully. Drivers that support 4 way handshake offload
1130 * should send this event after indicating 802.1X FT assocation with
1131 * %NL80211_CMD_ROAM. If the 4 way handshake failed %NL80211_CMD_DISCONNECT
1132 * should be indicated instead.
1133 * @NL80211_CMD_CONTROL_PORT_FRAME: Control Port (e.g. PAE) frame TX request
1134 * and RX notification. This command is used both as a request to transmit
1135 * a control port frame and as a notification that a control port frame
1136 * has been received. %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME is used to specify the
1137 * frame contents. The frame is the raw EAPoL data, without ethernet or
1139 * For an MLD transmitter, the %NL80211_ATTR_MLO_LINK_ID may be given and
1140 * its effect will depend on the destination: If the destination is known
1141 * to be an MLD, this will be used as a hint to select the link to transmit
1142 * the frame on. If the destination is not an MLD, this will select both
1143 * the link to transmit on and the source address will be set to the link
1144 * address of that link.
1145 * When used as an event indication %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_ETHERTYPE,
1146 * %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_NO_ENCRYPT and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC are added
1147 * indicating the protocol type of the received frame; whether the frame
1148 * was received unencrypted and the MAC address of the peer respectively.
1150 * @NL80211_CMD_RELOAD_REGDB: Request that the regdb firmware file is reloaded.
1152 * @NL80211_CMD_EXTERNAL_AUTH: This interface is exclusively defined for host
1153 * drivers that do not define separate commands for authentication and
1154 * association, but rely on user space for the authentication to happen.
1155 * This interface acts both as the event request (driver to user space)
1156 * to trigger the authentication and command response (userspace to
1157 * driver) to indicate the authentication status.
1159 * User space uses the %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT command to the host driver to
1160 * trigger a connection. The host driver selects a BSS and further uses
1161 * this interface to offload only the authentication part to the user
1162 * space. Authentication frames are passed between the driver and user
1163 * space through the %NL80211_CMD_FRAME interface. Host driver proceeds
1164 * further with the association after getting successful authentication
1165 * status. User space indicates the authentication status through
1166 * %NL80211_ATTR_STATUS_CODE attribute in %NL80211_CMD_EXTERNAL_AUTH
1167 * command interface.
1169 * Host driver reports this status on an authentication failure to the
1170 * user space through the connect result as the user space would have
1171 * initiated the connection through the connect request.
1173 * @NL80211_CMD_STA_OPMODE_CHANGED: An event that notify station's
1174 * ht opmode or vht opmode changes using any of %NL80211_ATTR_SMPS_MODE,
1175 * %NL80211_ATTR_CHANNEL_WIDTH,%NL80211_ATTR_NSS attributes with its
1176 * address(specified in %NL80211_ATTR_MAC).
1178 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_FTM_RESPONDER_STATS: Retrieve FTM responder statistics, in
1179 * the %NL80211_ATTR_FTM_RESPONDER_STATS attribute.
1181 * @NL80211_CMD_PEER_MEASUREMENT_START: start a (set of) peer measurement(s)
1182 * with the given parameters, which are encapsulated in the nested
1183 * %NL80211_ATTR_PEER_MEASUREMENTS attribute. Optionally, MAC address
1184 * randomization may be enabled and configured by specifying the
1185 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_MASK attributes.
1186 * If a timeout is requested, use the %NL80211_ATTR_TIMEOUT attribute.
1187 * A u64 cookie for further %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE use is returned in
1188 * the netlink extended ack message.
1190 * To cancel a measurement, close the socket that requested it.
1192 * Measurement results are reported to the socket that requested the
1193 * measurement using @NL80211_CMD_PEER_MEASUREMENT_RESULT when they
1194 * become available, so applications must ensure a large enough socket
1197 * Depending on driver support it may or may not be possible to start
1198 * multiple concurrent measurements.
1199 * @NL80211_CMD_PEER_MEASUREMENT_RESULT: This command number is used for the
1200 * result notification from the driver to the requesting socket.
1201 * @NL80211_CMD_PEER_MEASUREMENT_COMPLETE: Notification only, indicating that
1202 * the measurement completed, using the measurement cookie
1203 * (%NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE).
1205 * @NL80211_CMD_NOTIFY_RADAR: Notify the kernel that a radar signal was
1206 * detected and reported by a neighboring device on the channel
1207 * indicated by %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ and other attributes
1208 * determining the width and type.
1210 * @NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_OWE_INFO: This interface allows the host driver to
1211 * offload OWE processing to user space. This intends to support
1212 * OWE AKM by the host drivers that implement SME but rely
1213 * on the user space for the cryptographic/DH IE processing in AP mode.
1215 * @NL80211_CMD_PROBE_MESH_LINK: The requirement for mesh link metric
1216 * refreshing, is that from one mesh point we be able to send some data
1217 * frames to other mesh points which are not currently selected as a
1218 * primary traffic path, but which are only 1 hop away. The absence of
1219 * the primary path to the chosen node makes it necessary to apply some
1220 * form of marking on a chosen packet stream so that the packets can be
1221 * properly steered to the selected node for testing, and not by the
1222 * regular mesh path lookup. Further, the packets must be of type data
1223 * so that the rate control (often embedded in firmware) is used for
1226 * Here attribute %NL80211_ATTR_MAC is used to specify connected mesh
1227 * peer MAC address and %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME is used to specify the frame
1228 * content. The frame is ethernet data.
1230 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_TID_CONFIG: Data frame TID specific configuration
1231 * is passed using %NL80211_ATTR_TID_CONFIG attribute.
1233 * @NL80211_CMD_UNPROT_BEACON: Unprotected or incorrectly protected Beacon
1234 * frame. This event is used to indicate that a received Beacon frame was
1235 * dropped because it did not include a valid MME MIC while beacon
1236 * protection was enabled (BIGTK configured in station mode).
1238 * @NL80211_CMD_CONTROL_PORT_FRAME_TX_STATUS: Report TX status of a control
1239 * port frame transmitted with %NL80211_CMD_CONTROL_PORT_FRAME.
1240 * %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE identifies the TX command and %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME
1241 * includes the contents of the frame. %NL80211_ATTR_ACK flag is included
1242 * if the recipient acknowledged the frame.
1244 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_SAR_SPECS: SAR power limitation configuration is
1245 * passed using %NL80211_ATTR_SAR_SPEC. %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY is used to
1246 * specify the wiphy index to be applied to.
1248 * @NL80211_CMD_OBSS_COLOR_COLLISION: This notification is sent out whenever
1249 * mac80211/drv detects a bss color collision.
1251 * @NL80211_CMD_COLOR_CHANGE_REQUEST: This command is used to indicate that
1252 * userspace wants to change the BSS color.
1254 * @NL80211_CMD_COLOR_CHANGE_STARTED: Notify userland, that a color change has
1257 * @NL80211_CMD_COLOR_CHANGE_ABORTED: Notify userland, that the color change has
1260 * @NL80211_CMD_COLOR_CHANGE_COMPLETED: Notify userland that the color change
1263 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_FILS_AAD: Set FILS AAD data to the driver using -
1264 * &NL80211_ATTR_MAC - for STA MAC address
1265 * &NL80211_ATTR_FILS_KEK - for KEK
1266 * &NL80211_ATTR_FILS_NONCES - for FILS Nonces
1267 * (STA Nonce 16 bytes followed by AP Nonce 16 bytes)
1269 * @NL80211_CMD_ASSOC_COMEBACK: notification about an association
1270 * temporal rejection with comeback. The event includes %NL80211_ATTR_MAC
1271 * to describe the BSSID address of the AP and %NL80211_ATTR_TIMEOUT to
1272 * specify the timeout value.
1274 * @NL80211_CMD_ADD_LINK: Add a new link to an interface. The
1275 * %NL80211_ATTR_MLO_LINK_ID attribute is used for the new link.
1276 * @NL80211_CMD_REMOVE_LINK: Remove a link from an interface. This may come
1277 * without %NL80211_ATTR_MLO_LINK_ID as an easy way to remove all links
1278 * in preparation for e.g. roaming to a regular (non-MLO) AP.
1280 * @NL80211_CMD_ADD_LINK_STA: Add a link to an MLD station
1281 * @NL80211_CMD_MODIFY_LINK_STA: Modify a link of an MLD station
1282 * @NL80211_CMD_REMOVE_LINK_STA: Remove a link of an MLD station
1284 * @NL80211_CMD_MAX: highest used command number
1285 * @__NL80211_CMD_AFTER_LAST: internal use
1287 enum nl80211_commands {
1288 /* don't change the order or add anything between, this is ABI! */
1291 NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY, /* can dump */
1292 NL80211_CMD_SET_WIPHY,
1293 NL80211_CMD_NEW_WIPHY,
1294 NL80211_CMD_DEL_WIPHY,
1296 NL80211_CMD_GET_INTERFACE, /* can dump */
1297 NL80211_CMD_SET_INTERFACE,
1298 NL80211_CMD_NEW_INTERFACE,
1299 NL80211_CMD_DEL_INTERFACE,
1301 NL80211_CMD_GET_KEY,
1302 NL80211_CMD_SET_KEY,
1303 NL80211_CMD_NEW_KEY,
1304 NL80211_CMD_DEL_KEY,
1306 NL80211_CMD_GET_BEACON,
1307 NL80211_CMD_SET_BEACON,
1308 NL80211_CMD_START_AP,
1309 NL80211_CMD_NEW_BEACON = NL80211_CMD_START_AP,
1310 NL80211_CMD_STOP_AP,
1311 NL80211_CMD_DEL_BEACON = NL80211_CMD_STOP_AP,
1313 NL80211_CMD_GET_STATION,
1314 NL80211_CMD_SET_STATION,
1315 NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION,
1316 NL80211_CMD_DEL_STATION,
1318 NL80211_CMD_GET_MPATH,
1319 NL80211_CMD_SET_MPATH,
1320 NL80211_CMD_NEW_MPATH,
1321 NL80211_CMD_DEL_MPATH,
1323 NL80211_CMD_SET_BSS,
1325 NL80211_CMD_SET_REG,
1326 NL80211_CMD_REQ_SET_REG,
1328 NL80211_CMD_GET_MESH_CONFIG,
1329 NL80211_CMD_SET_MESH_CONFIG,
1331 NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE /* reserved; not used */,
1333 NL80211_CMD_GET_REG,
1335 NL80211_CMD_GET_SCAN,
1336 NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN,
1337 NL80211_CMD_NEW_SCAN_RESULTS,
1338 NL80211_CMD_SCAN_ABORTED,
1340 NL80211_CMD_REG_CHANGE,
1342 NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE,
1343 NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE,
1344 NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE,
1345 NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE,
1347 NL80211_CMD_MICHAEL_MIC_FAILURE,
1349 NL80211_CMD_REG_BEACON_HINT,
1351 NL80211_CMD_JOIN_IBSS,
1352 NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_IBSS,
1354 NL80211_CMD_TESTMODE,
1356 NL80211_CMD_CONNECT,
1358 NL80211_CMD_DISCONNECT,
1360 NL80211_CMD_SET_WIPHY_NETNS,
1362 NL80211_CMD_GET_SURVEY,
1363 NL80211_CMD_NEW_SURVEY_RESULTS,
1365 NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA,
1366 NL80211_CMD_DEL_PMKSA,
1367 NL80211_CMD_FLUSH_PMKSA,
1369 NL80211_CMD_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL,
1370 NL80211_CMD_CANCEL_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL,
1372 NL80211_CMD_SET_TX_BITRATE_MASK,
1374 NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME,
1375 NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_ACTION = NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME,
1377 NL80211_CMD_ACTION = NL80211_CMD_FRAME,
1378 NL80211_CMD_FRAME_TX_STATUS,
1379 NL80211_CMD_ACTION_TX_STATUS = NL80211_CMD_FRAME_TX_STATUS,
1381 NL80211_CMD_SET_POWER_SAVE,
1382 NL80211_CMD_GET_POWER_SAVE,
1384 NL80211_CMD_SET_CQM,
1385 NL80211_CMD_NOTIFY_CQM,
1387 NL80211_CMD_SET_CHANNEL,
1388 NL80211_CMD_SET_WDS_PEER,
1390 NL80211_CMD_FRAME_WAIT_CANCEL,
1392 NL80211_CMD_JOIN_MESH,
1393 NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_MESH,
1395 NL80211_CMD_UNPROT_DEAUTHENTICATE,
1396 NL80211_CMD_UNPROT_DISASSOCIATE,
1398 NL80211_CMD_NEW_PEER_CANDIDATE,
1400 NL80211_CMD_GET_WOWLAN,
1401 NL80211_CMD_SET_WOWLAN,
1403 NL80211_CMD_START_SCHED_SCAN,
1404 NL80211_CMD_STOP_SCHED_SCAN,
1405 NL80211_CMD_SCHED_SCAN_RESULTS,
1406 NL80211_CMD_SCHED_SCAN_STOPPED,
1408 NL80211_CMD_SET_REKEY_OFFLOAD,
1410 NL80211_CMD_PMKSA_CANDIDATE,
1412 NL80211_CMD_TDLS_OPER,
1413 NL80211_CMD_TDLS_MGMT,
1415 NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_FRAME,
1417 NL80211_CMD_PROBE_CLIENT,
1419 NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_BEACONS,
1421 NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_4ADDR_FRAME,
1423 NL80211_CMD_SET_NOACK_MAP,
1425 NL80211_CMD_CH_SWITCH_NOTIFY,
1427 NL80211_CMD_START_P2P_DEVICE,
1428 NL80211_CMD_STOP_P2P_DEVICE,
1430 NL80211_CMD_CONN_FAILED,
1432 NL80211_CMD_SET_MCAST_RATE,
1434 NL80211_CMD_SET_MAC_ACL,
1436 NL80211_CMD_RADAR_DETECT,
1438 NL80211_CMD_GET_PROTOCOL_FEATURES,
1440 NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_FT_IES,
1441 NL80211_CMD_FT_EVENT,
1443 NL80211_CMD_CRIT_PROTOCOL_START,
1444 NL80211_CMD_CRIT_PROTOCOL_STOP,
1446 NL80211_CMD_GET_COALESCE,
1447 NL80211_CMD_SET_COALESCE,
1449 NL80211_CMD_CHANNEL_SWITCH,
1453 NL80211_CMD_SET_QOS_MAP,
1455 NL80211_CMD_ADD_TX_TS,
1456 NL80211_CMD_DEL_TX_TS,
1458 NL80211_CMD_GET_MPP,
1460 NL80211_CMD_JOIN_OCB,
1461 NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_OCB,
1463 NL80211_CMD_CH_SWITCH_STARTED_NOTIFY,
1465 NL80211_CMD_TDLS_CHANNEL_SWITCH,
1466 NL80211_CMD_TDLS_CANCEL_CHANNEL_SWITCH,
1468 NL80211_CMD_WIPHY_REG_CHANGE,
1470 NL80211_CMD_ABORT_SCAN,
1472 NL80211_CMD_START_NAN,
1473 NL80211_CMD_STOP_NAN,
1474 NL80211_CMD_ADD_NAN_FUNCTION,
1475 NL80211_CMD_DEL_NAN_FUNCTION,
1476 NL80211_CMD_CHANGE_NAN_CONFIG,
1477 NL80211_CMD_NAN_MATCH,
1479 NL80211_CMD_SET_MULTICAST_TO_UNICAST,
1481 NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_CONNECT_PARAMS,
1483 NL80211_CMD_SET_PMK,
1484 NL80211_CMD_DEL_PMK,
1486 NL80211_CMD_PORT_AUTHORIZED,
1488 NL80211_CMD_RELOAD_REGDB,
1490 NL80211_CMD_EXTERNAL_AUTH,
1492 NL80211_CMD_STA_OPMODE_CHANGED,
1494 NL80211_CMD_CONTROL_PORT_FRAME,
1496 NL80211_CMD_GET_FTM_RESPONDER_STATS,
1498 NL80211_CMD_PEER_MEASUREMENT_START,
1499 NL80211_CMD_PEER_MEASUREMENT_RESULT,
1500 NL80211_CMD_PEER_MEASUREMENT_COMPLETE,
1502 NL80211_CMD_NOTIFY_RADAR,
1504 NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_OWE_INFO,
1506 NL80211_CMD_PROBE_MESH_LINK,
1508 NL80211_CMD_SET_TID_CONFIG,
1510 NL80211_CMD_UNPROT_BEACON,
1512 NL80211_CMD_CONTROL_PORT_FRAME_TX_STATUS,
1514 NL80211_CMD_SET_SAR_SPECS,
1516 NL80211_CMD_OBSS_COLOR_COLLISION,
1518 NL80211_CMD_COLOR_CHANGE_REQUEST,
1520 NL80211_CMD_COLOR_CHANGE_STARTED,
1521 NL80211_CMD_COLOR_CHANGE_ABORTED,
1522 NL80211_CMD_COLOR_CHANGE_COMPLETED,
1524 NL80211_CMD_SET_FILS_AAD,
1526 NL80211_CMD_ASSOC_COMEBACK,
1528 NL80211_CMD_ADD_LINK,
1529 NL80211_CMD_REMOVE_LINK,
1531 NL80211_CMD_ADD_LINK_STA,
1532 NL80211_CMD_MODIFY_LINK_STA,
1533 NL80211_CMD_REMOVE_LINK_STA,
1535 /* add new commands above here */
1537 /* used to define NL80211_CMD_MAX below */
1538 __NL80211_CMD_AFTER_LAST,
1539 NL80211_CMD_MAX = __NL80211_CMD_AFTER_LAST - 1
1543 * Allow user space programs to use #ifdef on new commands by defining them
1546 #define NL80211_CMD_SET_BSS NL80211_CMD_SET_BSS
1547 #define NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE
1548 #define NL80211_CMD_REG_CHANGE NL80211_CMD_REG_CHANGE
1549 #define NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE
1550 #define NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE
1551 #define NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE
1552 #define NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE
1553 #define NL80211_CMD_REG_BEACON_HINT NL80211_CMD_REG_BEACON_HINT
1555 #define NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS
1557 /* source-level API compatibility */
1558 #define NL80211_CMD_GET_MESH_PARAMS NL80211_CMD_GET_MESH_CONFIG
1559 #define NL80211_CMD_SET_MESH_PARAMS NL80211_CMD_SET_MESH_CONFIG
1560 #define NL80211_MESH_SETUP_VENDOR_PATH_SEL_IE NL80211_MESH_SETUP_IE
1563 * enum nl80211_attrs - nl80211 netlink attributes
1565 * @NL80211_ATTR_UNSPEC: unspecified attribute to catch errors
1567 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY: index of wiphy to operate on, cf.
1568 * /sys/class/ieee80211/<phyname>/index
1569 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_NAME: wiphy name (used for renaming)
1570 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TXQ_PARAMS: a nested array of TX queue parameters
1571 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ: frequency of the selected channel in MHz,
1572 * defines the channel together with the (deprecated)
1573 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_CHANNEL_TYPE attribute or the attributes
1574 * %NL80211_ATTR_CHANNEL_WIDTH and if needed %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1
1575 * and %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ2
1576 * @NL80211_ATTR_CHANNEL_WIDTH: u32 attribute containing one of the values
1577 * of &enum nl80211_chan_width, describing the channel width. See the
1578 * documentation of the enum for more information.
1579 * @NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1: Center frequency of the first part of the
1580 * channel, used for anything but 20 MHz bandwidth. In S1G this is the
1581 * operating channel center frequency.
1582 * @NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ2: Center frequency of the second part of the
1583 * channel, used only for 80+80 MHz bandwidth
1584 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_CHANNEL_TYPE: included with NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ
1585 * if HT20 or HT40 are to be used (i.e., HT disabled if not included):
1586 * NL80211_CHAN_NO_HT = HT not allowed (i.e., same as not including
1588 * NL80211_CHAN_HT20 = HT20 only
1589 * NL80211_CHAN_HT40MINUS = secondary channel is below the primary channel
1590 * NL80211_CHAN_HT40PLUS = secondary channel is above the primary channel
1591 * This attribute is now deprecated.
1592 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_SHORT: TX retry limit for frames whose length is
1593 * less than or equal to the RTS threshold; allowed range: 1..255;
1594 * dot11ShortRetryLimit; u8
1595 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_LONG: TX retry limit for frames whose length is
1596 * greater than the RTS threshold; allowed range: 1..255;
1597 * dot11ShortLongLimit; u8
1598 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FRAG_THRESHOLD: fragmentation threshold, i.e., maximum
1599 * length in octets for frames; allowed range: 256..8000, disable
1600 * fragmentation with (u32)-1; dot11FragmentationThreshold; u32
1601 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RTS_THRESHOLD: RTS threshold (TX frames with length
1602 * larger than or equal to this use RTS/CTS handshake); allowed range:
1603 * 0..65536, disable with (u32)-1; dot11RTSThreshold; u32
1604 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_COVERAGE_CLASS: Coverage Class as defined by IEEE 802.11
1605 * section 7.3.2.9; dot11CoverageClass; u8
1607 * @NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX: network interface index of the device to operate on
1608 * @NL80211_ATTR_IFNAME: network interface name
1609 * @NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE: type of virtual interface, see &enum nl80211_iftype
1611 * @NL80211_ATTR_WDEV: wireless device identifier, used for pseudo-devices
1612 * that don't have a netdev (u64)
1614 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAC: MAC address (various uses)
1616 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DATA: (temporal) key data; for TKIP this consists of
1617 * 16 bytes encryption key followed by 8 bytes each for TX and RX MIC
1619 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX: key ID (u8, 0-3)
1620 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_CIPHER: key cipher suite (u32, as defined by IEEE 802.11
1621 * section 7.3.2.25.1, e.g. 0x000FAC04)
1622 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_SEQ: transmit key sequence number (IV/PN) for TKIP and
1623 * CCMP keys, each six bytes in little endian
1624 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT: Flag attribute indicating the key is default key
1625 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT_MGMT: Flag attribute indicating the key is the
1626 * default management key
1627 * @NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES_PAIRWISE: For crypto settings for connect or
1628 * other commands, indicates which pairwise cipher suites are used
1629 * @NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITE_GROUP: For crypto settings for connect or
1630 * other commands, indicates which group cipher suite is used
1632 * @NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_INTERVAL: beacon interval in TU
1633 * @NL80211_ATTR_DTIM_PERIOD: DTIM period for beaconing
1634 * @NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_HEAD: portion of the beacon before the TIM IE
1635 * @NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_TAIL: portion of the beacon after the TIM IE
1637 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_AID: Association ID for the station (u16)
1638 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_FLAGS: flags, nested element with NLA_FLAG attributes of
1639 * &enum nl80211_sta_flags (deprecated, use %NL80211_ATTR_STA_FLAGS2)
1640 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_LISTEN_INTERVAL: listen interval as defined by
1641 * IEEE 802.11 7.3.1.6 (u16).
1642 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_RATES: supported rates, array of supported
1643 * rates as defined by IEEE 802.11 7.3.2.2 but without the length
1644 * restriction (at most %NL80211_MAX_SUPP_RATES).
1645 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_VLAN: interface index of VLAN interface to move station
1646 * to, or the AP interface the station was originally added to.
1647 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_INFO: information about a station, part of station info
1648 * given for %NL80211_CMD_GET_STATION, nested attribute containing
1649 * info as possible, see &enum nl80211_sta_info.
1651 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_BANDS: Information about an operating bands,
1652 * consisting of a nested array.
1654 * @NL80211_ATTR_MESH_ID: mesh id (1-32 bytes).
1655 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_PLINK_ACTION: action to perform on the mesh peer link
1656 * (see &enum nl80211_plink_action).
1657 * @NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_NEXT_HOP: MAC address of the next hop for a mesh path.
1658 * @NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_INFO: information about a mesh_path, part of mesh path
1659 * info given for %NL80211_CMD_GET_MPATH, nested attribute described at
1660 * &enum nl80211_mpath_info.
1662 * @NL80211_ATTR_MNTR_FLAGS: flags, nested element with NLA_FLAG attributes of
1663 * &enum nl80211_mntr_flags.
1665 * @NL80211_ATTR_REG_ALPHA2: an ISO-3166-alpha2 country code for which the
1666 * current regulatory domain should be set to or is already set to.
1667 * For example, 'CR', for Costa Rica. This attribute is used by the kernel
1668 * to query the CRDA to retrieve one regulatory domain. This attribute can
1669 * also be used by userspace to query the kernel for the currently set
1670 * regulatory domain. We chose an alpha2 as that is also used by the
1671 * IEEE-802.11 country information element to identify a country.
1672 * Users can also simply ask the wireless core to set regulatory domain
1673 * to a specific alpha2.
1674 * @NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULES: a nested array of regulatory domain regulatory
1677 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_CTS_PROT: whether CTS protection is enabled (u8, 0 or 1)
1678 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SHORT_PREAMBLE: whether short preamble is enabled
1680 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SHORT_SLOT_TIME: whether short slot time enabled
1682 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_BASIC_RATES: basic rates, array of basic
1683 * rates in format defined by IEEE 802.11 7.3.2.2 but without the length
1684 * restriction (at most %NL80211_MAX_SUPP_RATES).
1686 * @NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY: HT Capability information element (from
1687 * association request when used with NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION)
1689 * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_IFTYPES: nested attribute containing all
1690 * supported interface types, each a flag attribute with the number
1691 * of the interface mode.
1693 * @NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE: Management frame subtype for
1694 * %NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE.
1696 * @NL80211_ATTR_IE: Information element(s) data (used, e.g., with
1697 * %NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE).
1699 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCAN_SSIDS: number of SSIDs you can scan with
1700 * a single scan request, a wiphy attribute.
1701 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCHED_SCAN_SSIDS: number of SSIDs you can
1702 * scan with a single scheduled scan request, a wiphy attribute.
1703 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_IE_LEN: maximum length of information elements
1704 * that can be added to a scan request
1705 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCHED_SCAN_IE_LEN: maximum length of information
1706 * elements that can be added to a scheduled scan request
1707 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_MATCH_SETS: maximum number of sets that can be
1708 * used with @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH, a wiphy attribute.
1710 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQUENCIES: nested attribute with frequencies (in MHz)
1711 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SSIDS: nested attribute with SSIDs, leave out for passive
1712 * scanning and include a zero-length SSID (wildcard) for wildcard scan
1713 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS: scan result BSS
1715 * @NL80211_ATTR_REG_INITIATOR: indicates who requested the regulatory domain
1716 * currently in effect. This could be any of the %NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_*
1717 * @NL80211_ATTR_REG_TYPE: indicates the type of the regulatory domain currently
1718 * set. This can be one of the nl80211_reg_type (%NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_*)
1720 * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_COMMANDS: wiphy attribute that specifies
1721 * an array of command numbers (i.e. a mapping index to command number)
1722 * that the driver for the given wiphy supports.
1724 * @NL80211_ATTR_FRAME: frame data (binary attribute), including frame header
1725 * and body, but not FCS; used, e.g., with NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE and
1726 * NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE events
1727 * @NL80211_ATTR_SSID: SSID (binary attribute, 0..32 octets)
1728 * @NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE: AuthenticationType, see &enum nl80211_auth_type,
1729 * represented as a u32
1730 * @NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE: ReasonCode for %NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE and
1731 * %NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE, u16
1733 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_TYPE: Key Type, see &enum nl80211_key_type, represented as
1736 * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_BEFORE: A channel which has suffered a regulatory change
1737 * due to considerations from a beacon hint. This attribute reflects
1738 * the state of the channel _before_ the beacon hint processing. This
1739 * attributes consists of a nested attribute containing
1740 * NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_*
1741 * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_AFTER: A channel which has suffered a regulatory change
1742 * due to considerations from a beacon hint. This attribute reflects
1743 * the state of the channel _after_ the beacon hint processing. This
1744 * attributes consists of a nested attribute containing
1745 * NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_*
1747 * @NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES: a set of u32 values indicating the supported
1750 * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_FIXED: a flag indicating the IBSS should not try to look
1751 * for other networks on different channels
1753 * @NL80211_ATTR_TIMED_OUT: a flag indicating than an operation timed out; this
1754 * is used, e.g., with %NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE event
1756 * @NL80211_ATTR_USE_MFP: Whether management frame protection (IEEE 802.11w) is
1757 * used for the association (&enum nl80211_mfp, represented as a u32);
1758 * this attribute can be used with %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE and
1759 * %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT requests. %NL80211_MFP_OPTIONAL is not allowed for
1760 * %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE since user space SME is expected and hence, it
1761 * must have decided whether to use management frame protection or not.
1762 * Setting %NL80211_MFP_OPTIONAL with a %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT request will
1763 * let the driver (or the firmware) decide whether to use MFP or not.
1765 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_FLAGS2: Attribute containing a
1766 * &struct nl80211_sta_flag_update.
1768 * @NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT: A flag indicating whether user space controls
1769 * IEEE 802.1X port, i.e., sets/clears %NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHORIZED, in
1770 * station mode. If the flag is included in %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE
1771 * request, the driver will assume that the port is unauthorized until
1772 * authorized by user space. Otherwise, port is marked authorized by
1773 * default in station mode.
1774 * @NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_ETHERTYPE: A 16-bit value indicating the
1775 * ethertype that will be used for key negotiation. It can be
1776 * specified with the associate and connect commands. If it is not
1777 * specified, the value defaults to 0x888E (PAE, 802.1X). This
1778 * attribute is also used as a flag in the wiphy information to
1779 * indicate that protocols other than PAE are supported.
1780 * @NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_NO_ENCRYPT: When included along with
1781 * %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_ETHERTYPE, indicates that the custom
1782 * ethertype frames used for key negotiation must not be encrypted.
1783 * @NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_OVER_NL80211: A flag indicating whether control
1784 * port frames (e.g. of type given in %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_ETHERTYPE)
1785 * will be sent directly to the network interface or sent via the NL80211
1786 * socket. If this attribute is missing, then legacy behavior of sending
1787 * control port frames directly to the network interface is used. If the
1788 * flag is included, then control port frames are sent over NL80211 instead
1789 * using %CMD_CONTROL_PORT_FRAME. If control port routing over NL80211 is
1790 * to be used then userspace must also use the %NL80211_ATTR_SOCKET_OWNER
1791 * flag. When used with %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_NO_PREAUTH, pre-auth
1792 * frames are not forwared over the control port.
1794 * @NL80211_ATTR_TESTDATA: Testmode data blob, passed through to the driver.
1795 * We recommend using nested, driver-specific attributes within this.
1797 * @NL80211_ATTR_DISCONNECTED_BY_AP: A flag indicating that the DISCONNECT
1798 * event was due to the AP disconnecting the station, and not due to
1799 * a local disconnect request.
1800 * @NL80211_ATTR_STATUS_CODE: StatusCode for the %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT
1802 * @NL80211_ATTR_PRIVACY: Flag attribute, used with connect(), indicating
1803 * that protected APs should be used. This is also used with NEW_BEACON to
1804 * indicate that the BSS is to use protection.
1806 * @NL80211_ATTR_CIPHERS_PAIRWISE: Used with CONNECT, ASSOCIATE, and NEW_BEACON
1807 * to indicate which unicast key ciphers will be used with the connection
1808 * (an array of u32).
1809 * @NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_GROUP: Used with CONNECT, ASSOCIATE, and NEW_BEACON to
1810 * indicate which group key cipher will be used with the connection (a
1812 * @NL80211_ATTR_WPA_VERSIONS: Used with CONNECT, ASSOCIATE, and NEW_BEACON to
1813 * indicate which WPA version(s) the AP we want to associate with is using
1814 * (a u32 with flags from &enum nl80211_wpa_versions).
1815 * @NL80211_ATTR_AKM_SUITES: Used with CONNECT, ASSOCIATE, and NEW_BEACON to
1816 * indicate which key management algorithm(s) to use (an array of u32).
1817 * This attribute is also sent in response to @NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY,
1818 * indicating the supported AKM suites, intended for specific drivers which
1819 * implement SME and have constraints on which AKMs are supported and also
1820 * the cases where an AKM support is offloaded to the driver/firmware.
1821 * If there is no such notification from the driver, user space should
1822 * assume the driver supports all the AKM suites.
1824 * @NL80211_ATTR_REQ_IE: (Re)association request information elements as
1825 * sent out by the card, for ROAM and successful CONNECT events.
1826 * @NL80211_ATTR_RESP_IE: (Re)association response information elements as
1827 * sent by peer, for ROAM and successful CONNECT events.
1829 * @NL80211_ATTR_PREV_BSSID: previous BSSID, to be used in ASSOCIATE and CONNECT
1830 * commands to specify a request to reassociate within an ESS, i.e., to use
1831 * Reassociate Request frame (with the value of this attribute in the
1832 * Current AP address field) instead of Association Request frame which is
1833 * used for the initial association to an ESS.
1835 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY: key information in a nested attribute with
1836 * %NL80211_KEY_* sub-attributes
1837 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEYS: array of keys for static WEP keys for connect()
1838 * and join_ibss(), key information is in a nested attribute each
1839 * with %NL80211_KEY_* sub-attributes
1841 * @NL80211_ATTR_PID: Process ID of a network namespace.
1843 * @NL80211_ATTR_GENERATION: Used to indicate consistent snapshots for
1844 * dumps. This number increases whenever the object list being
1845 * dumped changes, and as such userspace can verify that it has
1846 * obtained a complete and consistent snapshot by verifying that
1847 * all dump messages contain the same generation number. If it
1848 * changed then the list changed and the dump should be repeated
1849 * completely from scratch.
1851 * @NL80211_ATTR_4ADDR: Use 4-address frames on a virtual interface
1853 * @NL80211_ATTR_SURVEY_INFO: survey information about a channel, part of
1854 * the survey response for %NL80211_CMD_GET_SURVEY, nested attribute
1855 * containing info as possible, see &enum survey_info.
1857 * @NL80211_ATTR_PMKID: PMK material for PMKSA caching.
1858 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_PMKIDS: maximum number of PMKIDs a firmware can
1859 * cache, a wiphy attribute.
1861 * @NL80211_ATTR_DURATION: Duration of an operation in milliseconds, u32.
1862 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL_DURATION: Device attribute that
1863 * specifies the maximum duration that can be requested with the
1864 * remain-on-channel operation, in milliseconds, u32.
1866 * @NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE: Generic 64-bit cookie to identify objects.
1868 * @NL80211_ATTR_TX_RATES: Nested set of attributes
1869 * (enum nl80211_tx_rate_attributes) describing TX rates per band. The
1870 * enum nl80211_band value is used as the index (nla_type() of the nested
1871 * data. If a band is not included, it will be configured to allow all
1872 * rates based on negotiated supported rates information. This attribute
1873 * is used with %NL80211_CMD_SET_TX_BITRATE_MASK and with starting AP,
1874 * and joining mesh networks (not IBSS yet). In the later case, it must
1875 * specify just a single bitrate, which is to be used for the beacon.
1876 * The driver must also specify support for this with the extended
1877 * features NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_LEGACY,
1878 * NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_HT,
1879 * NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_VHT and
1880 * NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_HE.
1882 * @NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_MATCH: A binary attribute which typically must contain
1883 * at least one byte, currently used with @NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME.
1884 * @NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_TYPE: A u16 indicating the frame type/subtype for the
1885 * @NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME command.
1886 * @NL80211_ATTR_TX_FRAME_TYPES: wiphy capability attribute, which is a
1887 * nested attribute of %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_TYPE attributes, containing
1888 * information about which frame types can be transmitted with
1889 * %NL80211_CMD_FRAME.
1890 * @NL80211_ATTR_RX_FRAME_TYPES: wiphy capability attribute, which is a
1891 * nested attribute of %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_TYPE attributes, containing
1892 * information about which frame types can be registered for RX.
1894 * @NL80211_ATTR_ACK: Flag attribute indicating that the frame was
1895 * acknowledged by the recipient.
1897 * @NL80211_ATTR_PS_STATE: powersave state, using &enum nl80211_ps_state values.
1899 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM: connection quality monitor configuration in a
1900 * nested attribute with %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_* sub-attributes.
1902 * @NL80211_ATTR_LOCAL_STATE_CHANGE: Flag attribute to indicate that a command
1903 * is requesting a local authentication/association state change without
1904 * invoking actual management frame exchange. This can be used with
1905 * NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE, NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE,
1906 * NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE.
1908 * @NL80211_ATTR_AP_ISOLATE: (AP mode) Do not forward traffic between stations
1909 * connected to this BSS.
1911 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TX_POWER_SETTING: Transmit power setting type. See
1912 * &enum nl80211_tx_power_setting for possible values.
1913 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TX_POWER_LEVEL: Transmit power level in signed mBm units.
1914 * This is used in association with @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TX_POWER_SETTING
1915 * for non-automatic settings.
1917 * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_IBSS_RSN: The device supports IBSS RSN, which mostly
1918 * means support for per-station GTKs.
1920 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_TX: Bitmap of allowed antennas for transmitting.
1921 * This can be used to mask out antennas which are not attached or should
1922 * not be used for transmitting. If an antenna is not selected in this
1923 * bitmap the hardware is not allowed to transmit on this antenna.
1925 * Each bit represents one antenna, starting with antenna 1 at the first
1926 * bit. Depending on which antennas are selected in the bitmap, 802.11n
1927 * drivers can derive which chainmasks to use (if all antennas belonging to
1928 * a particular chain are disabled this chain should be disabled) and if
1929 * a chain has diversity antennas wether diversity should be used or not.
1930 * HT capabilities (STBC, TX Beamforming, Antenna selection) can be
1931 * derived from the available chains after applying the antenna mask.
1932 * Non-802.11n drivers can derive wether to use diversity or not.
1933 * Drivers may reject configurations or RX/TX mask combinations they cannot
1934 * support by returning -EINVAL.
1936 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_RX: Bitmap of allowed antennas for receiving.
1937 * This can be used to mask out antennas which are not attached or should
1938 * not be used for receiving. If an antenna is not selected in this bitmap
1939 * the hardware should not be configured to receive on this antenna.
1940 * For a more detailed description see @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_TX.
1942 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_AVAIL_TX: Bitmap of antennas which are available
1943 * for configuration as TX antennas via the above parameters.
1945 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_AVAIL_RX: Bitmap of antennas which are available
1946 * for configuration as RX antennas via the above parameters.
1948 * @NL80211_ATTR_MCAST_RATE: Multicast tx rate (in 100 kbps) for IBSS
1950 * @NL80211_ATTR_OFFCHANNEL_TX_OK: For management frame TX, the frame may be
1951 * transmitted on another channel when the channel given doesn't match
1952 * the current channel. If the current channel doesn't match and this
1953 * flag isn't set, the frame will be rejected. This is also used as an
1954 * nl80211 capability flag.
1956 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_HT_OPMODE: HT operation mode (u16)
1958 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES: A nested attribute containing flags
1959 * attributes, specifying what a key should be set as default as.
1960 * See &enum nl80211_key_default_types.
1962 * @NL80211_ATTR_MESH_SETUP: Optional mesh setup parameters. These cannot be
1963 * changed once the mesh is active.
1964 * @NL80211_ATTR_MESH_CONFIG: Mesh configuration parameters, a nested attribute
1965 * containing attributes from &enum nl80211_meshconf_params.
1966 * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_MESH_AUTH: Currently, this means the underlying driver
1967 * allows auth frames in a mesh to be passed to userspace for processing via
1968 * the @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AUTH flag.
1969 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_PLINK_STATE: The state of a mesh peer link as defined in
1970 * &enum nl80211_plink_state. Used when userspace is driving the peer link
1971 * management state machine. @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AMPE or
1972 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_MPM must be enabled.
1974 * @NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS_SUPPORTED: indicates, as part of the wiphy
1975 * capabilities, the supported WoWLAN triggers
1976 * @NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS: used by %NL80211_CMD_SET_WOWLAN to
1977 * indicate which WoW triggers should be enabled. This is also
1978 * used by %NL80211_CMD_GET_WOWLAN to get the currently enabled WoWLAN
1981 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_INTERVAL: Interval between scheduled scan
1984 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH: Nested attribute with one or more
1985 * sets of attributes to match during scheduled scans. Only BSSs
1986 * that match any of the sets will be reported. These are
1987 * pass-thru filter rules.
1988 * For a match to succeed, the BSS must match all attributes of a
1989 * set. Since not every hardware supports matching all types of
1990 * attributes, there is no guarantee that the reported BSSs are
1991 * fully complying with the match sets and userspace needs to be
1992 * able to ignore them by itself.
1993 * Thus, the implementation is somewhat hardware-dependent, but
1994 * this is only an optimization and the userspace application
1995 * needs to handle all the non-filtered results anyway.
1996 * If the match attributes don't make sense when combined with
1997 * the values passed in @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SSIDS (eg. if an SSID
1998 * is included in the probe request, but the match attributes
1999 * will never let it go through), -EINVAL may be returned.
2000 * If omitted, no filtering is done.
2002 * @NL80211_ATTR_INTERFACE_COMBINATIONS: Nested attribute listing the supported
2003 * interface combinations. In each nested item, it contains attributes
2004 * defined in &enum nl80211_if_combination_attrs.
2005 * @NL80211_ATTR_SOFTWARE_IFTYPES: Nested attribute (just like
2006 * %NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_IFTYPES) containing the interface types that
2007 * are managed in software: interfaces of these types aren't subject to
2008 * any restrictions in their number or combinations.
2010 * @NL80211_ATTR_REKEY_DATA: nested attribute containing the information
2011 * necessary for GTK rekeying in the device, see &enum nl80211_rekey_data.
2013 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SUPP_RATES: rates per to be advertised as supported in scan,
2014 * nested array attribute containing an entry for each band, with the entry
2015 * being a list of supported rates as defined by IEEE 802.11 7.3.2.2 but
2016 * without the length restriction (at most %NL80211_MAX_SUPP_RATES).
2018 * @NL80211_ATTR_HIDDEN_SSID: indicates whether SSID is to be hidden from Beacon
2019 * and Probe Response (when response to wildcard Probe Request); see
2020 * &enum nl80211_hidden_ssid, represented as a u32
2022 * @NL80211_ATTR_IE_PROBE_RESP: Information element(s) for Probe Response frame.
2023 * This is used with %NL80211_CMD_NEW_BEACON and %NL80211_CMD_SET_BEACON to
2024 * provide extra IEs (e.g., WPS/P2P IE) into Probe Response frames when the
2025 * driver (or firmware) replies to Probe Request frames.
2026 * @NL80211_ATTR_IE_ASSOC_RESP: Information element(s) for (Re)Association
2027 * Response frames. This is used with %NL80211_CMD_NEW_BEACON and
2028 * %NL80211_CMD_SET_BEACON to provide extra IEs (e.g., WPS/P2P IE) into
2029 * (Re)Association Response frames when the driver (or firmware) replies to
2030 * (Re)Association Request frames.
2032 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_WME: Nested attribute containing the wme configuration
2033 * of the station, see &enum nl80211_sta_wme_attr.
2034 * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_AP_UAPSD: the device supports uapsd when working
2037 * @NL80211_ATTR_ROAM_SUPPORT: Indicates whether the firmware is capable of
2038 * roaming to another AP in the same ESS if the signal lever is low.
2040 * @NL80211_ATTR_PMKSA_CANDIDATE: Nested attribute containing the PMKSA caching
2041 * candidate information, see &enum nl80211_pmksa_candidate_attr.
2043 * @NL80211_ATTR_TX_NO_CCK_RATE: Indicates whether to use CCK rate or not
2044 * for management frames transmission. In order to avoid p2p probe/action
2045 * frames are being transmitted at CCK rate in 2GHz band, the user space
2046 * applications use this attribute.
2047 * This attribute is used with %NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN and
2048 * %NL80211_CMD_FRAME commands.
2050 * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_ACTION: Low level TDLS action code (e.g. link setup
2051 * request, link setup confirm, link teardown, etc.). Values are
2052 * described in the TDLS (802.11z) specification.
2053 * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_DIALOG_TOKEN: Non-zero token for uniquely identifying a
2054 * TDLS conversation between two devices.
2055 * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_OPERATION: High level TDLS operation; see
2056 * &enum nl80211_tdls_operation, represented as a u8.
2057 * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_SUPPORT: A flag indicating the device can operate
2058 * as a TDLS peer sta.
2059 * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_EXTERNAL_SETUP: The TDLS discovery/setup and teardown
2060 * procedures should be performed by sending TDLS packets via
2061 * %NL80211_CMD_TDLS_MGMT. Otherwise %NL80211_CMD_TDLS_OPER should be
2062 * used for asking the driver to perform a TDLS operation.
2064 * @NL80211_ATTR_DEVICE_AP_SME: This u32 attribute may be listed for devices
2065 * that have AP support to indicate that they have the AP SME integrated
2066 * with support for the features listed in this attribute, see
2067 * &enum nl80211_ap_sme_features.
2069 * @NL80211_ATTR_DONT_WAIT_FOR_ACK: Used with %NL80211_CMD_FRAME, this tells
2070 * the driver to not wait for an acknowledgement. Note that due to this,
2071 * it will also not give a status callback nor return a cookie. This is
2072 * mostly useful for probe responses to save airtime.
2074 * @NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS: This u32 attribute contains flags from
2075 * &enum nl80211_feature_flags and is advertised in wiphy information.
2076 * @NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD: Indicates that the HW responds to probe
2077 * requests while operating in AP-mode.
2078 * This attribute holds a bitmap of the supported protocols for
2079 * offloading (see &enum nl80211_probe_resp_offload_support_attr).
2081 * @NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP: Probe Response template data. Contains the entire
2082 * probe-response frame. The DA field in the 802.11 header is zero-ed out,
2083 * to be filled by the FW.
2084 * @NL80211_ATTR_DISABLE_HT: Force HT capable interfaces to disable
2085 * this feature during association. This is a flag attribute.
2086 * Currently only supported in mac80211 drivers.
2087 * @NL80211_ATTR_DISABLE_VHT: Force VHT capable interfaces to disable
2088 * this feature during association. This is a flag attribute.
2089 * Currently only supported in mac80211 drivers.
2090 * @NL80211_ATTR_DISABLE_HE: Force HE capable interfaces to disable
2091 * this feature during association. This is a flag attribute.
2092 * Currently only supported in mac80211 drivers.
2093 * @NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY_MASK: Specify which bits of the
2094 * ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY to which attention should be paid.
2095 * Currently, only mac80211 NICs support this feature.
2096 * The values that may be configured are:
2097 * MCS rates, MAX-AMSDU, HT-20-40 and HT_CAP_SGI_40
2098 * AMPDU density and AMPDU factor.
2099 * All values are treated as suggestions and may be ignored
2100 * by the driver as required. The actual values may be seen in
2101 * the station debugfs ht_caps file.
2103 * @NL80211_ATTR_DFS_REGION: region for regulatory rules which this country
2104 * abides to when initiating radiation on DFS channels. A country maps
2105 * to one DFS region.
2107 * @NL80211_ATTR_NOACK_MAP: This u16 bitmap contains the No Ack Policy of
2110 * @NL80211_ATTR_INACTIVITY_TIMEOUT: timeout value in seconds, this can be
2111 * used by the drivers which has MLME in firmware and does not have support
2112 * to report per station tx/rx activity to free up the station entry from
2113 * the list. This needs to be used when the driver advertises the
2114 * capability to timeout the stations.
2116 * @NL80211_ATTR_RX_SIGNAL_DBM: signal strength in dBm (as a 32-bit int);
2117 * this attribute is (depending on the driver capabilities) added to
2118 * received frames indicated with %NL80211_CMD_FRAME.
2120 * @NL80211_ATTR_BG_SCAN_PERIOD: Background scan period in seconds
2121 * or 0 to disable background scan.
2123 * @NL80211_ATTR_USER_REG_HINT_TYPE: type of regulatory hint passed from
2124 * userspace. If unset it is assumed the hint comes directly from
2125 * a user. If set code could specify exactly what type of source
2126 * was used to provide the hint. For the different types of
2127 * allowed user regulatory hints see nl80211_user_reg_hint_type.
2129 * @NL80211_ATTR_CONN_FAILED_REASON: The reason for which AP has rejected
2130 * the connection request from a station. nl80211_connect_failed_reason
2131 * enum has different reasons of connection failure.
2133 * @NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_DATA: Fields and elements in Authentication frames.
2134 * This contains the authentication frame body (non-IE and IE data),
2135 * excluding the Authentication algorithm number, i.e., starting at the
2136 * Authentication transaction sequence number field. It is used with
2137 * authentication algorithms that need special fields to be added into
2138 * the frames (SAE and FILS). Currently, only the SAE cases use the
2139 * initial two fields (Authentication transaction sequence number and
2140 * Status code). However, those fields are included in the attribute data
2141 * for all authentication algorithms to keep the attribute definition
2144 * @NL80211_ATTR_VHT_CAPABILITY: VHT Capability information element (from
2145 * association request when used with NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION)
2147 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FLAGS: scan request control flags (u32)
2149 * @NL80211_ATTR_P2P_CTWINDOW: P2P GO Client Traffic Window (u8), used with
2150 * the START_AP and SET_BSS commands
2151 * @NL80211_ATTR_P2P_OPPPS: P2P GO opportunistic PS (u8), used with the
2152 * START_AP and SET_BSS commands. This can have the values 0 or 1;
2153 * if not given in START_AP 0 is assumed, if not given in SET_BSS
2154 * no change is made.
2156 * @NL80211_ATTR_LOCAL_MESH_POWER_MODE: local mesh STA link-specific power mode
2157 * defined in &enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode.
2159 * @NL80211_ATTR_ACL_POLICY: ACL policy, see &enum nl80211_acl_policy,
2160 * carried in a u32 attribute
2162 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ADDRS: Array of nested MAC addresses, used for
2165 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ACL_MAX: u32 attribute to advertise the maximum
2166 * number of MAC addresses that a device can support for MAC
2169 * @NL80211_ATTR_RADAR_EVENT: Type of radar event for notification to userspace,
2170 * contains a value of enum nl80211_radar_event (u32).
2172 * @NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA: 802.11 extended capabilities that the kernel driver
2173 * has and handles. The format is the same as the IE contents. See
2174 * 802.11-2012 8.4.2.29 for more information.
2175 * @NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA_MASK: Extended capabilities that the kernel driver
2176 * has set in the %NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA value, for multibit fields.
2178 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_CAPABILITY: Station capabilities (u16) are advertised to
2179 * the driver, e.g., to enable TDLS power save (PU-APSD).
2181 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_EXT_CAPABILITY: Station extended capabilities are
2182 * advertised to the driver, e.g., to enable TDLS off channel operations
2185 * @NL80211_ATTR_PROTOCOL_FEATURES: global nl80211 feature flags, see
2186 * &enum nl80211_protocol_features, the attribute is a u32.
2188 * @NL80211_ATTR_SPLIT_WIPHY_DUMP: flag attribute, userspace supports
2189 * receiving the data for a single wiphy split across multiple
2190 * messages, given with wiphy dump message
2192 * @NL80211_ATTR_MDID: Mobility Domain Identifier
2194 * @NL80211_ATTR_IE_RIC: Resource Information Container Information
2197 * @NL80211_ATTR_CRIT_PROT_ID: critical protocol identifier requiring increased
2198 * reliability, see &enum nl80211_crit_proto_id (u16).
2199 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_CRIT_PROT_DURATION: duration in milliseconds in which
2200 * the connection should have increased reliability (u16).
2202 * @NL80211_ATTR_PEER_AID: Association ID for the peer TDLS station (u16).
2203 * This is similar to @NL80211_ATTR_STA_AID but with a difference of being
2204 * allowed to be used with the first @NL80211_CMD_SET_STATION command to
2205 * update a TDLS peer STA entry.
2207 * @NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE: Coalesce rule information.
2209 * @NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_COUNT: u32 attribute specifying the number of TBTT's
2210 * until the channel switch event.
2211 * @NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_BLOCK_TX: flag attribute specifying that transmission
2212 * must be blocked on the current channel (before the channel switch
2213 * operation). Also included in the channel switch started event if quiet
2214 * was requested by the AP.
2215 * @NL80211_ATTR_CSA_IES: Nested set of attributes containing the IE information
2216 * for the time while performing a channel switch.
2217 * @NL80211_ATTR_CNTDWN_OFFS_BEACON: An array of offsets (u16) to the channel
2218 * switch or color change counters in the beacons tail (%NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_TAIL).
2219 * @NL80211_ATTR_CNTDWN_OFFS_PRESP: An array of offsets (u16) to the channel
2220 * switch or color change counters in the probe response (%NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP).
2222 * @NL80211_ATTR_RXMGMT_FLAGS: flags for nl80211_send_mgmt(), u32.
2223 * As specified in the &enum nl80211_rxmgmt_flags.
2225 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_CHANNELS: array of supported channels.
2227 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_OPER_CLASSES: array of supported
2228 * operating classes.
2230 * @NL80211_ATTR_HANDLE_DFS: A flag indicating whether user space
2231 * controls DFS operation in IBSS mode. If the flag is included in
2232 * %NL80211_CMD_JOIN_IBSS request, the driver will allow use of DFS
2233 * channels and reports radar events to userspace. Userspace is required
2234 * to react to radar events, e.g. initiate a channel switch or leave the
2237 * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_5_MHZ: A flag indicating that the device supports
2238 * 5 MHz channel bandwidth.
2239 * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_10_MHZ: A flag indicating that the device supports
2240 * 10 MHz channel bandwidth.
2242 * @NL80211_ATTR_OPMODE_NOTIF: Operating mode field from Operating Mode
2243 * Notification Element based on association request when used with
2244 * %NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION or %NL80211_CMD_SET_STATION (only when
2245 * %NL80211_FEATURE_FULL_AP_CLIENT_STATE is supported, or with TDLS);
2248 * @NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_ID: The vendor ID, either a 24-bit OUI or, if
2249 * %NL80211_VENDOR_ID_IS_LINUX is set, a special Linux ID (not used yet)
2250 * @NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_SUBCMD: vendor sub-command
2251 * @NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA: data for the vendor command, if any; this
2252 * attribute is also used for vendor command feature advertisement
2253 * @NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_EVENTS: used for event list advertising in the wiphy
2254 * info, containing a nested array of possible events
2256 * @NL80211_ATTR_QOS_MAP: IP DSCP mapping for Interworking QoS mapping. This
2257 * data is in the format defined for the payload of the QoS Map Set element
2258 * in IEEE Std 802.11-2012, 8.4.2.97.
2260 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAC_HINT: MAC address recommendation as initial BSS
2261 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_HINT: frequency of the recommended initial BSS
2263 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_AP_ASSOC_STA: Device attribute that indicates how many
2264 * associated stations are supported in AP mode (including P2P GO); u32.
2265 * Since drivers may not have a fixed limit on the maximum number (e.g.,
2266 * other concurrent operations may affect this), drivers are allowed to
2267 * advertise values that cannot always be met. In such cases, an attempt
2268 * to add a new station entry with @NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION may fail.
2270 * @NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFFSETS_TX: An array of csa counter offsets (u16) which
2271 * should be updated when the frame is transmitted.
2272 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_CSA_COUNTERS: U8 attribute used to advertise the maximum
2273 * supported number of csa counters.
2275 * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_PEER_CAPABILITY: flags for TDLS peer capabilities, u32.
2276 * As specified in the &enum nl80211_tdls_peer_capability.
2278 * @NL80211_ATTR_SOCKET_OWNER: Flag attribute, if set during interface
2279 * creation then the new interface will be owned by the netlink socket
2280 * that created it and will be destroyed when the socket is closed.
2281 * If set during scheduled scan start then the new scan req will be
2282 * owned by the netlink socket that created it and the scheduled scan will
2283 * be stopped when the socket is closed.
2284 * If set during configuration of regulatory indoor operation then the
2285 * regulatory indoor configuration would be owned by the netlink socket
2286 * that configured the indoor setting, and the indoor operation would be
2287 * cleared when the socket is closed.
2288 * If set during NAN interface creation, the interface will be destroyed
2289 * if the socket is closed just like any other interface. Moreover, NAN
2290 * notifications will be sent in unicast to that socket. Without this
2291 * attribute, the notifications will be sent to the %NL80211_MCGRP_NAN
2293 * If set during %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE or %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT the
2294 * station will deauthenticate when the socket is closed.
2295 * If set during %NL80211_CMD_JOIN_IBSS the IBSS will be automatically
2296 * torn down when the socket is closed.
2297 * If set during %NL80211_CMD_JOIN_MESH the mesh setup will be
2298 * automatically torn down when the socket is closed.
2299 * If set during %NL80211_CMD_START_AP the AP will be automatically
2300 * disabled when the socket is closed.
2302 * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_INITIATOR: flag attribute indicating the current end is
2303 * the TDLS link initiator.
2305 * @NL80211_ATTR_USE_RRM: flag for indicating whether the current connection
2306 * shall support Radio Resource Measurements (11k). This attribute can be
2307 * used with %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE and %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT requests.
2308 * User space applications are expected to use this flag only if the
2309 * underlying device supports these minimal RRM features:
2310 * %NL80211_FEATURE_DS_PARAM_SET_IE_IN_PROBES,
2311 * %NL80211_FEATURE_QUIET,
2312 * Or, if global RRM is supported, see:
2313 * %NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_RRM
2314 * If this flag is used, driver must add the Power Capabilities IE to the
2315 * association request. In addition, it must also set the RRM capability
2316 * flag in the association request's Capability Info field.
2318 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_DYN_ACK: flag attribute used to enable ACK timeout
2319 * estimation algorithm (dynack). In order to activate dynack
2320 * %NL80211_FEATURE_ACKTO_ESTIMATION feature flag must be set by lower
2321 * drivers to indicate dynack capability. Dynack is automatically disabled
2322 * setting valid value for coverage class.
2324 * @NL80211_ATTR_TSID: a TSID value (u8 attribute)
2325 * @NL80211_ATTR_USER_PRIO: user priority value (u8 attribute)
2326 * @NL80211_ATTR_ADMITTED_TIME: admitted time in units of 32 microseconds
2327 * (per second) (u16 attribute)
2329 * @NL80211_ATTR_SMPS_MODE: SMPS mode to use (ap mode). see
2330 * &enum nl80211_smps_mode.
2332 * @NL80211_ATTR_OPER_CLASS: operating class
2334 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAC_MASK: MAC address mask
2336 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_SELF_MANAGED_REG: flag attribute indicating this device
2337 * is self-managing its regulatory information and any regulatory domain
2338 * obtained from it is coming from the device's wiphy and not the global
2339 * cfg80211 regdomain.
2341 * @NL80211_ATTR_EXT_FEATURES: extended feature flags contained in a byte
2342 * array. The feature flags are identified by their bit index (see &enum
2343 * nl80211_ext_feature_index). The bit index is ordered starting at the
2344 * least-significant bit of the first byte in the array, ie. bit index 0
2345 * is located at bit 0 of byte 0. bit index 25 would be located at bit 1
2346 * of byte 3 (u8 array).
2348 * @NL80211_ATTR_SURVEY_RADIO_STATS: Request overall radio statistics to be
2349 * returned along with other survey data. If set, @NL80211_CMD_GET_SURVEY
2350 * may return a survey entry without a channel indicating global radio
2351 * statistics (only some values are valid and make sense.)
2352 * For devices that don't return such an entry even then, the information
2353 * should be contained in the result as the sum of the respective counters
2354 * over all channels.
2356 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_DELAY: delay before the first cycle of a
2357 * scheduled scan is started. Or the delay before a WoWLAN
2358 * net-detect scan is started, counting from the moment the
2359 * system is suspended. This value is a u32, in seconds.
2361 * @NL80211_ATTR_REG_INDOOR: flag attribute, if set indicates that the device
2362 * is operating in an indoor environment.
2364 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS: maximum number of scan plans for
2365 * scheduled scan supported by the device (u32), a wiphy attribute.
2366 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_PLAN_INTERVAL: maximum interval (in seconds) for
2367 * a scan plan (u32), a wiphy attribute.
2368 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_PLAN_ITERATIONS: maximum number of iterations in
2369 * a scan plan (u32), a wiphy attribute.
2370 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS: a list of scan plans for scheduled scan.
2371 * Each scan plan defines the number of scan iterations and the interval
2372 * between scans. The last scan plan will always run infinitely,
2373 * thus it must not specify the number of iterations, only the interval
2374 * between scans. The scan plans are executed sequentially.
2375 * Each scan plan is a nested attribute of &enum nl80211_sched_scan_plan.
2376 * @NL80211_ATTR_PBSS: flag attribute. If set it means operate
2377 * in a PBSS. Specified in %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT to request
2378 * connecting to a PCP, and in %NL80211_CMD_START_AP to start
2379 * a PCP instead of AP. Relevant for DMG networks only.
2380 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SELECT: nested attribute for driver supporting the
2381 * BSS selection feature. When used with %NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY it contains
2382 * attributes according &enum nl80211_bss_select_attr to indicate what
2383 * BSS selection behaviours are supported. When used with %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT
2384 * it contains the behaviour-specific attribute containing the parameters for
2385 * BSS selection to be done by driver and/or firmware.
2387 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORT_P2P_PS: whether P2P PS mechanism supported
2388 * or not. u8, one of the values of &enum nl80211_sta_p2p_ps_status
2390 * @NL80211_ATTR_PAD: attribute used for padding for 64-bit alignment
2392 * @NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE_EXT_CAPA: Nested attribute of the following attributes:
2393 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE, %NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA,
2394 * %NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA_MASK, to specify the extended capabilities and
2395 * other interface-type specific capabilities per interface type. For MLO,
2396 * %NL80211_ATTR_EML_CAPABILITY and %NL80211_ATTR_MLD_CAPA_AND_OPS are
2399 * @NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_GROUP_DATA: array of 24 bytes that defines a MU-MIMO
2400 * groupID for monitor mode.
2401 * The first 8 bytes are a mask that defines the membership in each
2402 * group (there are 64 groups, group 0 and 63 are reserved),
2403 * each bit represents a group and set to 1 for being a member in
2404 * that group and 0 for not being a member.
2405 * The remaining 16 bytes define the position in each group: 2 bits for
2407 * (smaller group numbers represented on most significant bits and bigger
2408 * group numbers on least significant bits.)
2409 * This attribute is used only if all interfaces are in monitor mode.
2410 * Set this attribute in order to monitor packets using the given MU-MIMO
2412 * to turn off that feature set all the bits of the groupID to zero.
2413 * @NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_FOLLOW_MAC_ADDR: mac address for the sniffer to follow
2414 * when using MU-MIMO air sniffer.
2415 * to turn that feature off set an invalid mac address
2416 * (e.g. FF:FF:FF:FF:FF:FF)
2418 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_START_TIME_TSF: The time at which the scan was actually
2419 * started (u64). The time is the TSF of the BSS the interface that
2420 * requested the scan is connected to (if available, otherwise this
2421 * attribute must not be included).
2422 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_START_TIME_TSF_BSSID: The BSS according to which
2423 * %NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_START_TIME_TSF is set.
2424 * @NL80211_ATTR_MEASUREMENT_DURATION: measurement duration in TUs (u16). If
2425 * %NL80211_ATTR_MEASUREMENT_DURATION_MANDATORY is not set, this is the
2426 * maximum measurement duration allowed. This attribute is used with
2427 * measurement requests. It can also be used with %NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN
2428 * if the scan is used for beacon report radio measurement.
2429 * @NL80211_ATTR_MEASUREMENT_DURATION_MANDATORY: flag attribute that indicates
2430 * that the duration specified with %NL80211_ATTR_MEASUREMENT_DURATION is
2431 * mandatory. If this flag is not set, the duration is the maximum duration
2432 * and the actual measurement duration may be shorter.
2434 * @NL80211_ATTR_MESH_PEER_AID: Association ID for the mesh peer (u16). This is
2435 * used to pull the stored data for mesh peer in power save state.
2437 * @NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MASTER_PREF: the master preference to be used by
2438 * %NL80211_CMD_START_NAN and optionally with
2439 * %NL80211_CMD_CHANGE_NAN_CONFIG. Its type is u8 and it can't be 0.
2440 * Also, values 1 and 255 are reserved for certification purposes and
2441 * should not be used during a normal device operation.
2442 * @NL80211_ATTR_BANDS: operating bands configuration. This is a u32
2443 * bitmask of BIT(NL80211_BAND_*) as described in %enum
2444 * nl80211_band. For instance, for NL80211_BAND_2GHZ, bit 0
2445 * would be set. This attribute is used with
2446 * %NL80211_CMD_START_NAN and %NL80211_CMD_CHANGE_NAN_CONFIG, and
2447 * it is optional. If no bands are set, it means don't-care and
2448 * the device will decide what to use.
2449 * @NL80211_ATTR_NAN_FUNC: a function that can be added to NAN. See
2450 * &enum nl80211_nan_func_attributes for description of this nested
2452 * @NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MATCH: used to report a match. This is a nested attribute.
2453 * See &enum nl80211_nan_match_attributes.
2454 * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_KEK: KEK for FILS (Re)Association Request/Response frame
2456 * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_NONCES: Nonces (part of AAD) for FILS (Re)Association
2457 * Request/Response frame protection. This attribute contains the 16 octet
2458 * STA Nonce followed by 16 octets of AP Nonce.
2460 * @NL80211_ATTR_MULTICAST_TO_UNICAST_ENABLED: Indicates whether or not multicast
2461 * packets should be send out as unicast to all stations (flag attribute).
2463 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSSID: The BSSID of the AP. Note that %NL80211_ATTR_MAC is also
2464 * used in various commands/events for specifying the BSSID.
2466 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_RELATIVE_RSSI: Relative RSSI threshold by which
2467 * other BSSs has to be better or slightly worse than the current
2468 * connected BSS so that they get reported to user space.
2469 * This will give an opportunity to userspace to consider connecting to
2470 * other matching BSSs which have better or slightly worse RSSI than
2471 * the current connected BSS by using an offloaded operation to avoid
2472 * unnecessary wakeups.
2474 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_RSSI_ADJUST: When present the RSSI level for BSSs in
2475 * the specified band is to be adjusted before doing
2476 * %NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_RELATIVE_RSSI based comparison to figure out
2477 * better BSSs. The attribute value is a packed structure
2478 * value as specified by &struct nl80211_bss_select_rssi_adjust.
2480 * @NL80211_ATTR_TIMEOUT_REASON: The reason for which an operation timed out.
2481 * u32 attribute with an &enum nl80211_timeout_reason value. This is used,
2482 * e.g., with %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT event.
2484 * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_USERNAME: EAP Re-authentication Protocol (ERP)
2485 * username part of NAI used to refer keys rRK and rIK. This is used with
2486 * %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT.
2488 * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_REALM: EAP Re-authentication Protocol (ERP) realm part
2489 * of NAI specifying the domain name of the ER server. This is used with
2490 * %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT.
2492 * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_NEXT_SEQ_NUM: Unsigned 16-bit ERP next sequence number
2493 * to use in ERP messages. This is used in generating the FILS wrapped data
2494 * for FILS authentication and is used with %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT.
2496 * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_RRK: ERP re-authentication Root Key (rRK) for the
2497 * NAI specified by %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_USERNAME and
2498 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_REALM. This is used for generating rIK and rMSK
2499 * from successful FILS authentication and is used with
2500 * %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT.
2502 * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_CACHE_ID: A 2-octet identifier advertized by a FILS AP
2503 * identifying the scope of PMKSAs. This is used with
2504 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA and @NL80211_CMD_DEL_PMKSA.
2506 * @NL80211_ATTR_PMK: attribute for passing PMK key material. Used with
2507 * %NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA for the PMKSA identified by %NL80211_ATTR_PMKID.
2508 * For %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT and %NL80211_CMD_START_AP it is used to provide
2509 * PSK for offloading 4-way handshake for WPA/WPA2-PSK networks. For 802.1X
2510 * authentication it is used with %NL80211_CMD_SET_PMK. For offloaded FT
2511 * support this attribute specifies the PMK-R0 if NL80211_ATTR_PMKR0_NAME
2512 * is included as well.
2514 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MULTI: flag attribute which user-space shall use to
2515 * indicate that it supports multiple active scheduled scan requests.
2516 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MAX_REQS: indicates maximum number of scheduled
2517 * scan request that may be active for the device (u32).
2519 * @NL80211_ATTR_WANT_1X_4WAY_HS: flag attribute which user-space can include
2520 * in %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT to indicate that for 802.1X authentication it
2521 * wants to use the supported offload of the 4-way handshake.
2522 * @NL80211_ATTR_PMKR0_NAME: PMK-R0 Name for offloaded FT.
2523 * @NL80211_ATTR_PORT_AUTHORIZED: (reserved)
2525 * @NL80211_ATTR_EXTERNAL_AUTH_ACTION: Identify the requested external
2526 * authentication operation (u32 attribute with an
2527 * &enum nl80211_external_auth_action value). This is used with the
2528 * %NL80211_CMD_EXTERNAL_AUTH request event.
2529 * @NL80211_ATTR_EXTERNAL_AUTH_SUPPORT: Flag attribute indicating that the user
2530 * space supports external authentication. This attribute shall be used
2531 * with %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT and %NL80211_CMD_START_AP request. The driver
2532 * may offload authentication processing to user space if this capability
2533 * is indicated in the respective requests from the user space. (This flag
2534 * attribute deprecated for %NL80211_CMD_START_AP, use
2535 * %NL80211_ATTR_AP_SETTINGS_FLAGS)
2537 * @NL80211_ATTR_NSS: Station's New/updated RX_NSS value notified using this
2538 * u8 attribute. This is used with %NL80211_CMD_STA_OPMODE_CHANGED.
2540 * @NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_STATS: TXQ statistics (nested attribute, see &enum
2541 * nl80211_txq_stats)
2542 * @NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_LIMIT: Total packet limit for the TXQ queues for this phy.
2543 * The smaller of this and the memory limit is enforced.
2544 * @NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_MEMORY_LIMIT: Total memory limit (in bytes) for the
2545 * TXQ queues for this phy. The smaller of this and the packet limit is
2547 * @NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_QUANTUM: TXQ scheduler quantum (bytes). Number of bytes
2548 * a flow is assigned on each round of the DRR scheduler.
2549 * @NL80211_ATTR_HE_CAPABILITY: HE Capability information element (from
2550 * association request when used with NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION). Can be set
2551 * only if %NL80211_STA_FLAG_WME is set.
2553 * @NL80211_ATTR_FTM_RESPONDER: nested attribute which user-space can include
2554 * in %NL80211_CMD_START_AP or %NL80211_CMD_SET_BEACON for fine timing
2555 * measurement (FTM) responder functionality and containing parameters as
2556 * possible, see &enum nl80211_ftm_responder_attr
2558 * @NL80211_ATTR_FTM_RESPONDER_STATS: Nested attribute with FTM responder
2559 * statistics, see &enum nl80211_ftm_responder_stats.
2561 * @NL80211_ATTR_TIMEOUT: Timeout for the given operation in milliseconds (u32),
2562 * if the attribute is not given no timeout is requested. Note that 0 is an
2565 * @NL80211_ATTR_PEER_MEASUREMENTS: peer measurements request (and result)
2566 * data, uses nested attributes specified in
2567 * &enum nl80211_peer_measurement_attrs.
2568 * This is also used for capability advertisement in the wiphy information,
2569 * with the appropriate sub-attributes.
2571 * @NL80211_ATTR_AIRTIME_WEIGHT: Station's weight when scheduled by the airtime
2574 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_TX_POWER_SETTING: Transmit power setting type (u8) for
2575 * station associated with the AP. See &enum nl80211_tx_power_setting for
2577 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_TX_POWER: Transmit power level (s16) in dBm units. This
2578 * allows to set Tx power for a station. If this attribute is not included,
2579 * the default per-interface tx power setting will be overriding. Driver
2580 * should be picking up the lowest tx power, either tx power per-interface
2583 * @NL80211_ATTR_SAE_PASSWORD: attribute for passing SAE password material. It
2584 * is used with %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT to provide password for offloading
2585 * SAE authentication for WPA3-Personal networks.
2587 * @NL80211_ATTR_TWT_RESPONDER: Enable target wait time responder support.
2589 * @NL80211_ATTR_HE_OBSS_PD: nested attribute for OBSS Packet Detection
2592 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_EDMG_CHANNELS: bitmap that indicates the 2.16 GHz
2593 * channel(s) that are allowed to be used for EDMG transmissions.
2594 * Defined by IEEE P802.11ay/D4.0 section 9.4.2.251. (u8 attribute)
2595 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_EDMG_BW_CONFIG: Channel BW Configuration subfield encodes
2596 * the allowed channel bandwidth configurations. (u8 attribute)
2597 * Defined by IEEE P802.11ay/D4.0 section 9.4.2.251, Table 13.
2599 * @NL80211_ATTR_VLAN_ID: VLAN ID (1..4094) for the station and VLAN group key
2602 * @NL80211_ATTR_HE_BSS_COLOR: nested attribute for BSS Color Settings.
2604 * @NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE_AKM_SUITES: nested array attribute, with each entry
2605 * using attributes from &enum nl80211_iftype_akm_attributes. This
2606 * attribute is sent in a response to %NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY indicating
2607 * supported AKM suites capability per interface. AKMs advertised in
2608 * %NL80211_ATTR_AKM_SUITES are default capabilities if AKM suites not
2609 * advertised for a specific interface type.
2611 * @NL80211_ATTR_TID_CONFIG: TID specific configuration in a
2612 * nested attribute with &enum nl80211_tid_config_attr sub-attributes;
2613 * on output (in wiphy attributes) it contains only the feature sub-
2616 * @NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_NO_PREAUTH: disable preauth frame rx on control
2617 * port in order to forward/receive them as ordinary data frames.
2619 * @NL80211_ATTR_PMK_LIFETIME: Maximum lifetime for PMKSA in seconds (u32,
2620 * dot11RSNAConfigPMKReauthThreshold; 0 is not a valid value).
2621 * An optional parameter configured through %NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA.
2622 * Drivers that trigger roaming need to know the lifetime of the
2623 * configured PMKSA for triggering the full vs. PMKSA caching based
2624 * authentication. This timeout helps authentication methods like SAE,
2625 * where PMK gets updated only by going through a full (new SAE)
2626 * authentication instead of getting updated during an association for EAP
2627 * authentication. No new full authentication within the PMK expiry shall
2628 * result in a disassociation at the end of the lifetime.
2630 * @NL80211_ATTR_PMK_REAUTH_THRESHOLD: Reauthentication threshold time, in
2631 * terms of percentage of %NL80211_ATTR_PMK_LIFETIME
2632 * (u8, dot11RSNAConfigPMKReauthThreshold, 1..100). This is an optional
2633 * parameter configured through %NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA. Requests the
2634 * driver to trigger a full authentication roam (without PMKSA caching)
2635 * after the reauthentication threshold time, but before the PMK lifetime
2638 * Authentication methods like SAE need to be able to generate a new PMKSA
2639 * entry without having to force a disconnection after the PMK timeout. If
2640 * no roaming occurs between the reauth threshold and PMK expiration,
2641 * disassociation is still forced.
2642 * @NL80211_ATTR_RECEIVE_MULTICAST: multicast flag for the
2643 * %NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME command, see the description there.
2644 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_OFFSET: offset of the associated
2645 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ in positive KHz. Only valid when supplied with
2646 * an %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_OFFSET.
2647 * @NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1_OFFSET: Center frequency offset in KHz for the
2648 * first channel segment specified in %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1.
2649 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQ_KHZ: nested attribute with KHz frequencies
2651 * @NL80211_ATTR_HE_6GHZ_CAPABILITY: HE 6 GHz Band Capability element (from
2652 * association request when used with NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION).
2654 * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_DISCOVERY: Optional parameter to configure FILS
2655 * discovery. It is a nested attribute, see
2656 * &enum nl80211_fils_discovery_attributes.
2658 * @NL80211_ATTR_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP: Optional parameter to configure
2659 * unsolicited broadcast probe response. It is a nested attribute, see
2660 * &enum nl80211_unsol_bcast_probe_resp_attributes.
2662 * @NL80211_ATTR_S1G_CAPABILITY: S1G Capability information element (from
2663 * association request when used with NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION)
2664 * @NL80211_ATTR_S1G_CAPABILITY_MASK: S1G Capability Information element
2665 * override mask. Used with NL80211_ATTR_S1G_CAPABILITY in
2666 * NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE or NL80211_CMD_CONNECT.
2668 * @NL80211_ATTR_SAE_PWE: Indicates the mechanism(s) allowed for SAE PWE
2669 * derivation in WPA3-Personal networks which are using SAE authentication.
2670 * This is a u8 attribute that encapsulates one of the values from
2671 * &enum nl80211_sae_pwe_mechanism.
2673 * @NL80211_ATTR_SAR_SPEC: SAR power limitation specification when
2674 * used with %NL80211_CMD_SET_SAR_SPECS. The message contains fields
2675 * of %nl80211_sar_attrs which specifies the sar type and related
2676 * sar specs. Sar specs contains array of %nl80211_sar_specs_attrs.
2678 * @NL80211_ATTR_RECONNECT_REQUESTED: flag attribute, used with deauth and
2679 * disassoc events to indicate that an immediate reconnect to the AP
2682 * @NL80211_ATTR_OBSS_COLOR_BITMAP: bitmap of the u64 BSS colors for the
2683 * %NL80211_CMD_OBSS_COLOR_COLLISION event.
2685 * @NL80211_ATTR_COLOR_CHANGE_COUNT: u8 attribute specifying the number of TBTT's
2686 * until the color switch event.
2687 * @NL80211_ATTR_COLOR_CHANGE_COLOR: u8 attribute specifying the color that we are
2689 * @NL80211_ATTR_COLOR_CHANGE_ELEMS: Nested set of attributes containing the IE
2690 * information for the time while performing a color switch.
2692 * @NL80211_ATTR_MBSSID_CONFIG: Nested attribute for multiple BSSID
2693 * advertisements (MBSSID) parameters in AP mode.
2694 * Kernel uses this attribute to indicate the driver's support for MBSSID
2695 * and enhanced multi-BSSID advertisements (EMA AP) to the userspace.
2696 * Userspace should use this attribute to configure per interface MBSSID
2698 * See &enum nl80211_mbssid_config_attributes for details.
2700 * @NL80211_ATTR_MBSSID_ELEMS: Nested parameter to pass multiple BSSID elements.
2701 * Mandatory parameter for the transmitting interface to enable MBSSID.
2702 * Optional for the non-transmitting interfaces.
2704 * @NL80211_ATTR_RADAR_BACKGROUND: Configure dedicated offchannel chain
2705 * available for radar/CAC detection on some hw. This chain can't be used
2706 * to transmit or receive frames and it is bounded to a running wdev.
2707 * Background radar/CAC detection allows to avoid the CAC downtime
2708 * switching on a different channel during CAC detection on the selected
2711 * @NL80211_ATTR_AP_SETTINGS_FLAGS: u32 attribute contains ap settings flags,
2712 * enumerated in &enum nl80211_ap_settings_flags. This attribute shall be
2713 * used with %NL80211_CMD_START_AP request.
2715 * @NL80211_ATTR_EHT_CAPABILITY: EHT Capability information element (from
2716 * association request when used with NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION). Can be set
2717 * only if %NL80211_STA_FLAG_WME is set.
2719 * @NL80211_ATTR_MLO_LINK_ID: A (u8) link ID for use with MLO, to be used with
2720 * various commands that need a link ID to operate.
2721 * @NL80211_ATTR_MLO_LINKS: A nested array of links, each containing some
2722 * per-link information and a link ID.
2723 * @NL80211_ATTR_MLD_ADDR: An MLD address, used with various commands such as
2724 * authenticate/associate.
2726 * @NL80211_ATTR_MLO_SUPPORT: Flag attribute to indicate user space supports MLO
2727 * connection. Used with %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT. If this attribute is not
2728 * included in NL80211_CMD_CONNECT drivers must not perform MLO connection.
2730 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_AKM_SUITES: U16 attribute. Indicates maximum number of
2731 * AKM suites allowed for %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT, %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE and
2732 * %NL80211_CMD_START_AP in %NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY response. If this
2733 * attribute is not present userspace shall consider maximum number of AKM
2734 * suites allowed as %NL80211_MAX_NR_AKM_SUITES which is the legacy maximum
2735 * number prior to the introduction of this attribute.
2737 * @NL80211_ATTR_EML_CAPABILITY: EML Capability information (u16)
2738 * @NL80211_ATTR_MLD_CAPA_AND_OPS: MLD Capabilities and Operations (u16)
2740 * @NL80211_ATTR_TX_HW_TIMESTAMP: Hardware timestamp for TX operation in
2741 * nanoseconds (u64). This is the device clock timestamp so it will
2742 * probably reset when the device is stopped or the firmware is reset.
2743 * When used with %NL80211_CMD_FRAME_TX_STATUS, indicates the frame TX
2744 * timestamp. When used with %NL80211_CMD_FRAME RX notification, indicates
2745 * the ack TX timestamp.
2746 * @NL80211_ATTR_RX_HW_TIMESTAMP: Hardware timestamp for RX operation in
2747 * nanoseconds (u64). This is the device clock timestamp so it will
2748 * probably reset when the device is stopped or the firmware is reset.
2749 * When used with %NL80211_CMD_FRAME_TX_STATUS, indicates the ack RX
2750 * timestamp. When used with %NL80211_CMD_FRAME RX notification, indicates
2751 * the incoming frame RX timestamp.
2752 * @NUM_NL80211_ATTR: total number of nl80211_attrs available
2753 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number currently defined
2754 * @__NL80211_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use
2756 enum nl80211_attrs {
2757 /* don't change the order or add anything between, this is ABI! */
2758 NL80211_ATTR_UNSPEC,
2761 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_NAME,
2763 NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX,
2764 NL80211_ATTR_IFNAME,
2765 NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE,
2769 NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DATA,
2770 NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX,
2771 NL80211_ATTR_KEY_CIPHER,
2772 NL80211_ATTR_KEY_SEQ,
2773 NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT,
2775 NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_INTERVAL,
2776 NL80211_ATTR_DTIM_PERIOD,
2777 NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_HEAD,
2778 NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_TAIL,
2780 NL80211_ATTR_STA_AID,
2781 NL80211_ATTR_STA_FLAGS,
2782 NL80211_ATTR_STA_LISTEN_INTERVAL,
2783 NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_RATES,
2784 NL80211_ATTR_STA_VLAN,
2785 NL80211_ATTR_STA_INFO,
2787 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_BANDS,
2789 NL80211_ATTR_MNTR_FLAGS,
2791 NL80211_ATTR_MESH_ID,
2792 NL80211_ATTR_STA_PLINK_ACTION,
2793 NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_NEXT_HOP,
2794 NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_INFO,
2796 NL80211_ATTR_BSS_CTS_PROT,
2797 NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SHORT_PREAMBLE,
2798 NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SHORT_SLOT_TIME,
2800 NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY,
2802 NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_IFTYPES,
2804 NL80211_ATTR_REG_ALPHA2,
2805 NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULES,
2807 NL80211_ATTR_MESH_CONFIG,
2809 NL80211_ATTR_BSS_BASIC_RATES,
2811 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TXQ_PARAMS,
2812 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ,
2813 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_CHANNEL_TYPE,
2815 NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT_MGMT,
2817 NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE,
2820 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCAN_SSIDS,
2822 NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQUENCIES,
2823 NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SSIDS,
2824 NL80211_ATTR_GENERATION, /* replaces old SCAN_GENERATION */
2827 NL80211_ATTR_REG_INITIATOR,
2828 NL80211_ATTR_REG_TYPE,
2830 NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_COMMANDS,
2834 NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE,
2835 NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE,
2837 NL80211_ATTR_KEY_TYPE,
2839 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_IE_LEN,
2840 NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES,
2842 NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_BEFORE,
2843 NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_AFTER,
2845 NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_FIXED,
2848 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_SHORT,
2849 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_LONG,
2850 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FRAG_THRESHOLD,
2851 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RTS_THRESHOLD,
2853 NL80211_ATTR_TIMED_OUT,
2855 NL80211_ATTR_USE_MFP,
2857 NL80211_ATTR_STA_FLAGS2,
2859 NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT,
2861 NL80211_ATTR_TESTDATA,
2863 NL80211_ATTR_PRIVACY,
2865 NL80211_ATTR_DISCONNECTED_BY_AP,
2866 NL80211_ATTR_STATUS_CODE,
2868 NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES_PAIRWISE,
2869 NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITE_GROUP,
2870 NL80211_ATTR_WPA_VERSIONS,
2871 NL80211_ATTR_AKM_SUITES,
2873 NL80211_ATTR_REQ_IE,
2874 NL80211_ATTR_RESP_IE,
2876 NL80211_ATTR_PREV_BSSID,
2885 NL80211_ATTR_SURVEY_INFO,
2888 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_PMKIDS,
2890 NL80211_ATTR_DURATION,
2892 NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE,
2894 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_COVERAGE_CLASS,
2896 NL80211_ATTR_TX_RATES,
2898 NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_MATCH,
2902 NL80211_ATTR_PS_STATE,
2906 NL80211_ATTR_LOCAL_STATE_CHANGE,
2908 NL80211_ATTR_AP_ISOLATE,
2910 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TX_POWER_SETTING,
2911 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TX_POWER_LEVEL,
2913 NL80211_ATTR_TX_FRAME_TYPES,
2914 NL80211_ATTR_RX_FRAME_TYPES,
2915 NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_TYPE,
2917 NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_ETHERTYPE,
2918 NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_NO_ENCRYPT,
2920 NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_IBSS_RSN,
2922 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_TX,
2923 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_RX,
2925 NL80211_ATTR_MCAST_RATE,
2927 NL80211_ATTR_OFFCHANNEL_TX_OK,
2929 NL80211_ATTR_BSS_HT_OPMODE,
2931 NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES,
2933 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL_DURATION,
2935 NL80211_ATTR_MESH_SETUP,
2937 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_AVAIL_TX,
2938 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_AVAIL_RX,
2940 NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_MESH_AUTH,
2941 NL80211_ATTR_STA_PLINK_STATE,
2943 NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS,
2944 NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS_SUPPORTED,
2946 NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_INTERVAL,
2948 NL80211_ATTR_INTERFACE_COMBINATIONS,
2949 NL80211_ATTR_SOFTWARE_IFTYPES,
2951 NL80211_ATTR_REKEY_DATA,
2953 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCHED_SCAN_SSIDS,
2954 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCHED_SCAN_IE_LEN,
2956 NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SUPP_RATES,
2958 NL80211_ATTR_HIDDEN_SSID,
2960 NL80211_ATTR_IE_PROBE_RESP,
2961 NL80211_ATTR_IE_ASSOC_RESP,
2963 NL80211_ATTR_STA_WME,
2964 NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_AP_UAPSD,
2966 NL80211_ATTR_ROAM_SUPPORT,
2968 NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH,
2969 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_MATCH_SETS,
2971 NL80211_ATTR_PMKSA_CANDIDATE,
2973 NL80211_ATTR_TX_NO_CCK_RATE,
2975 NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_ACTION,
2976 NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_DIALOG_TOKEN,
2977 NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_OPERATION,
2978 NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_SUPPORT,
2979 NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_EXTERNAL_SETUP,
2981 NL80211_ATTR_DEVICE_AP_SME,
2983 NL80211_ATTR_DONT_WAIT_FOR_ACK,
2985 NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS,
2987 NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD,
2989 NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP,
2991 NL80211_ATTR_DFS_REGION,
2993 NL80211_ATTR_DISABLE_HT,
2994 NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY_MASK,
2996 NL80211_ATTR_NOACK_MAP,
2998 NL80211_ATTR_INACTIVITY_TIMEOUT,
3000 NL80211_ATTR_RX_SIGNAL_DBM,
3002 NL80211_ATTR_BG_SCAN_PERIOD,
3006 NL80211_ATTR_USER_REG_HINT_TYPE,
3008 NL80211_ATTR_CONN_FAILED_REASON,
3010 NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_DATA,
3012 NL80211_ATTR_VHT_CAPABILITY,
3014 NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FLAGS,
3016 NL80211_ATTR_CHANNEL_WIDTH,
3017 NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1,
3018 NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ2,
3020 NL80211_ATTR_P2P_CTWINDOW,
3021 NL80211_ATTR_P2P_OPPPS,
3023 NL80211_ATTR_LOCAL_MESH_POWER_MODE,
3025 NL80211_ATTR_ACL_POLICY,
3027 NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ADDRS,
3029 NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ACL_MAX,
3031 NL80211_ATTR_RADAR_EVENT,
3033 NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA,
3034 NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA_MASK,
3036 NL80211_ATTR_STA_CAPABILITY,
3037 NL80211_ATTR_STA_EXT_CAPABILITY,
3039 NL80211_ATTR_PROTOCOL_FEATURES,
3040 NL80211_ATTR_SPLIT_WIPHY_DUMP,
3042 NL80211_ATTR_DISABLE_VHT,
3043 NL80211_ATTR_VHT_CAPABILITY_MASK,
3046 NL80211_ATTR_IE_RIC,
3048 NL80211_ATTR_CRIT_PROT_ID,
3049 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_CRIT_PROT_DURATION,
3051 NL80211_ATTR_PEER_AID,
3053 NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE,
3055 NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_COUNT,
3056 NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_BLOCK_TX,
3057 NL80211_ATTR_CSA_IES,
3058 NL80211_ATTR_CNTDWN_OFFS_BEACON,
3059 NL80211_ATTR_CNTDWN_OFFS_PRESP,
3061 NL80211_ATTR_RXMGMT_FLAGS,
3063 NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_CHANNELS,
3065 NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_OPER_CLASSES,
3067 NL80211_ATTR_HANDLE_DFS,
3069 NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_5_MHZ,
3070 NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_10_MHZ,
3072 NL80211_ATTR_OPMODE_NOTIF,
3074 NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_ID,
3075 NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_SUBCMD,
3076 NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA,
3077 NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_EVENTS,
3079 NL80211_ATTR_QOS_MAP,
3081 NL80211_ATTR_MAC_HINT,
3082 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_HINT,
3084 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_AP_ASSOC_STA,
3086 NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_PEER_CAPABILITY,
3088 NL80211_ATTR_SOCKET_OWNER,
3090 NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFFSETS_TX,
3091 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_CSA_COUNTERS,
3093 NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_INITIATOR,
3095 NL80211_ATTR_USE_RRM,
3097 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_DYN_ACK,
3100 NL80211_ATTR_USER_PRIO,
3101 NL80211_ATTR_ADMITTED_TIME,
3103 NL80211_ATTR_SMPS_MODE,
3105 NL80211_ATTR_OPER_CLASS,
3107 NL80211_ATTR_MAC_MASK,
3109 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_SELF_MANAGED_REG,
3111 NL80211_ATTR_EXT_FEATURES,
3113 NL80211_ATTR_SURVEY_RADIO_STATS,
3115 NL80211_ATTR_NETNS_FD,
3117 NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_DELAY,
3119 NL80211_ATTR_REG_INDOOR,
3121 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS,
3122 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_PLAN_INTERVAL,
3123 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_PLAN_ITERATIONS,
3124 NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS,
3128 NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SELECT,
3130 NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORT_P2P_PS,
3134 NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE_EXT_CAPA,
3136 NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_GROUP_DATA,
3137 NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_FOLLOW_MAC_ADDR,
3139 NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_START_TIME_TSF,
3140 NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_START_TIME_TSF_BSSID,
3141 NL80211_ATTR_MEASUREMENT_DURATION,
3142 NL80211_ATTR_MEASUREMENT_DURATION_MANDATORY,
3144 NL80211_ATTR_MESH_PEER_AID,
3146 NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MASTER_PREF,
3148 NL80211_ATTR_NAN_FUNC,
3149 NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MATCH,
3151 NL80211_ATTR_FILS_KEK,
3152 NL80211_ATTR_FILS_NONCES,
3154 NL80211_ATTR_MULTICAST_TO_UNICAST_ENABLED,
3158 NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_RELATIVE_RSSI,
3159 NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_RSSI_ADJUST,
3161 NL80211_ATTR_TIMEOUT_REASON,
3163 NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_USERNAME,
3164 NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_REALM,
3165 NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_NEXT_SEQ_NUM,
3166 NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_RRK,
3167 NL80211_ATTR_FILS_CACHE_ID,
3171 NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MULTI,
3172 NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MAX_REQS,
3174 NL80211_ATTR_WANT_1X_4WAY_HS,
3175 NL80211_ATTR_PMKR0_NAME,
3176 NL80211_ATTR_PORT_AUTHORIZED,
3178 NL80211_ATTR_EXTERNAL_AUTH_ACTION,
3179 NL80211_ATTR_EXTERNAL_AUTH_SUPPORT,
3182 NL80211_ATTR_ACK_SIGNAL,
3184 NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_OVER_NL80211,
3186 NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_STATS,
3187 NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_LIMIT,
3188 NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_MEMORY_LIMIT,
3189 NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_QUANTUM,
3191 NL80211_ATTR_HE_CAPABILITY,
3193 NL80211_ATTR_FTM_RESPONDER,
3195 NL80211_ATTR_FTM_RESPONDER_STATS,
3197 NL80211_ATTR_TIMEOUT,
3199 NL80211_ATTR_PEER_MEASUREMENTS,
3201 NL80211_ATTR_AIRTIME_WEIGHT,
3202 NL80211_ATTR_STA_TX_POWER_SETTING,
3203 NL80211_ATTR_STA_TX_POWER,
3205 NL80211_ATTR_SAE_PASSWORD,
3207 NL80211_ATTR_TWT_RESPONDER,
3209 NL80211_ATTR_HE_OBSS_PD,
3211 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_EDMG_CHANNELS,
3212 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_EDMG_BW_CONFIG,
3214 NL80211_ATTR_VLAN_ID,
3216 NL80211_ATTR_HE_BSS_COLOR,
3218 NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE_AKM_SUITES,
3220 NL80211_ATTR_TID_CONFIG,
3222 NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_NO_PREAUTH,
3224 NL80211_ATTR_PMK_LIFETIME,
3225 NL80211_ATTR_PMK_REAUTH_THRESHOLD,
3227 NL80211_ATTR_RECEIVE_MULTICAST,
3228 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_OFFSET,
3229 NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1_OFFSET,
3230 NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQ_KHZ,
3232 NL80211_ATTR_HE_6GHZ_CAPABILITY,
3234 NL80211_ATTR_FILS_DISCOVERY,
3236 NL80211_ATTR_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP,
3238 NL80211_ATTR_S1G_CAPABILITY,
3239 NL80211_ATTR_S1G_CAPABILITY_MASK,
3241 NL80211_ATTR_SAE_PWE,
3243 NL80211_ATTR_RECONNECT_REQUESTED,
3245 NL80211_ATTR_SAR_SPEC,
3247 NL80211_ATTR_DISABLE_HE,
3249 NL80211_ATTR_OBSS_COLOR_BITMAP,
3251 NL80211_ATTR_COLOR_CHANGE_COUNT,
3252 NL80211_ATTR_COLOR_CHANGE_COLOR,
3253 NL80211_ATTR_COLOR_CHANGE_ELEMS,
3255 NL80211_ATTR_MBSSID_CONFIG,
3256 NL80211_ATTR_MBSSID_ELEMS,
3258 NL80211_ATTR_RADAR_BACKGROUND,
3260 NL80211_ATTR_AP_SETTINGS_FLAGS,
3262 NL80211_ATTR_EHT_CAPABILITY,
3264 NL80211_ATTR_DISABLE_EHT,
3266 NL80211_ATTR_MLO_LINKS,
3267 NL80211_ATTR_MLO_LINK_ID,
3268 NL80211_ATTR_MLD_ADDR,
3270 NL80211_ATTR_MLO_SUPPORT,
3272 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_AKM_SUITES,
3274 NL80211_ATTR_EML_CAPABILITY,
3275 NL80211_ATTR_MLD_CAPA_AND_OPS,
3277 NL80211_ATTR_TX_HW_TIMESTAMP,
3278 NL80211_ATTR_RX_HW_TIMESTAMP,
3280 /* add attributes here, update the policy in nl80211.c */
3282 __NL80211_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
3283 NUM_NL80211_ATTR = __NL80211_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
3284 NL80211_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
3287 /* source-level API compatibility */
3288 #define NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_GENERATION NL80211_ATTR_GENERATION
3289 #define NL80211_ATTR_MESH_PARAMS NL80211_ATTR_MESH_CONFIG
3290 #define NL80211_ATTR_IFACE_SOCKET_OWNER NL80211_ATTR_SOCKET_OWNER
3291 #define NL80211_ATTR_SAE_DATA NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_DATA
3292 #define NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFF_BEACON NL80211_ATTR_CNTDWN_OFFS_BEACON
3293 #define NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFF_PRESP NL80211_ATTR_CNTDWN_OFFS_PRESP
3296 * Allow user space programs to use #ifdef on new attributes by defining them
3299 #define NL80211_CMD_CONNECT NL80211_CMD_CONNECT
3300 #define NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY
3301 #define NL80211_ATTR_BSS_BASIC_RATES NL80211_ATTR_BSS_BASIC_RATES
3302 #define NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TXQ_PARAMS NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TXQ_PARAMS
3303 #define NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ
3304 #define NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_CHANNEL_TYPE NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_CHANNEL_TYPE
3305 #define NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE
3306 #define NL80211_ATTR_IE NL80211_ATTR_IE
3307 #define NL80211_ATTR_REG_INITIATOR NL80211_ATTR_REG_INITIATOR
3308 #define NL80211_ATTR_REG_TYPE NL80211_ATTR_REG_TYPE
3309 #define NL80211_ATTR_FRAME NL80211_ATTR_FRAME
3310 #define NL80211_ATTR_SSID NL80211_ATTR_SSID
3311 #define NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE
3312 #define NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE
3313 #define NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES_PAIRWISE NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES_PAIRWISE
3314 #define NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITE_GROUP NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITE_GROUP
3315 #define NL80211_ATTR_WPA_VERSIONS NL80211_ATTR_WPA_VERSIONS
3316 #define NL80211_ATTR_AKM_SUITES NL80211_ATTR_AKM_SUITES
3317 #define NL80211_ATTR_KEY NL80211_ATTR_KEY
3318 #define NL80211_ATTR_KEYS NL80211_ATTR_KEYS
3319 #define NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS
3321 #define NL80211_WIPHY_NAME_MAXLEN 64
3323 #define NL80211_MAX_SUPP_RATES 32
3324 #define NL80211_MAX_SUPP_HT_RATES 77
3325 #define NL80211_MAX_SUPP_REG_RULES 128
3326 #define NL80211_TKIP_DATA_OFFSET_ENCR_KEY 0
3327 #define NL80211_TKIP_DATA_OFFSET_TX_MIC_KEY 16
3328 #define NL80211_TKIP_DATA_OFFSET_RX_MIC_KEY 24
3329 #define NL80211_HT_CAPABILITY_LEN 26
3330 #define NL80211_VHT_CAPABILITY_LEN 12
3331 #define NL80211_HE_MIN_CAPABILITY_LEN 16
3332 #define NL80211_HE_MAX_CAPABILITY_LEN 54
3333 #define NL80211_MAX_NR_CIPHER_SUITES 5
3336 * NL80211_MAX_NR_AKM_SUITES is obsolete when %NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_AKM_SUITES
3337 * present in %NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY response.
3339 #define NL80211_MAX_NR_AKM_SUITES 2
3340 #define NL80211_EHT_MIN_CAPABILITY_LEN 13
3341 #define NL80211_EHT_MAX_CAPABILITY_LEN 51
3343 #define NL80211_MIN_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL_TIME 10
3345 /* default RSSI threshold for scan results if none specified. */
3346 #define NL80211_SCAN_RSSI_THOLD_OFF -300
3348 #define NL80211_CQM_TXE_MAX_INTVL 1800
3351 * enum nl80211_iftype - (virtual) interface types
3353 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_UNSPECIFIED: unspecified type, driver decides
3354 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_ADHOC: independent BSS member
3355 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_STATION: managed BSS member
3356 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_AP: access point
3357 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_AP_VLAN: VLAN interface for access points; VLAN interfaces
3358 * are a bit special in that they must always be tied to a pre-existing
3359 * AP type interface.
3360 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_WDS: wireless distribution interface
3361 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_MONITOR: monitor interface receiving all frames
3362 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_MESH_POINT: mesh point
3363 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_CLIENT: P2P client
3364 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_GO: P2P group owner
3365 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_DEVICE: P2P device interface type, this is not a netdev
3366 * and therefore can't be created in the normal ways, use the
3367 * %NL80211_CMD_START_P2P_DEVICE and %NL80211_CMD_STOP_P2P_DEVICE
3368 * commands to create and destroy one
3369 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_OCB: Outside Context of a BSS
3370 * This mode corresponds to the MIB variable dot11OCBActivated=true
3371 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_NAN: NAN device interface type (not a netdev)
3372 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_MAX: highest interface type number currently defined
3373 * @NUM_NL80211_IFTYPES: number of defined interface types
3375 * These values are used with the %NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE
3376 * to set the type of an interface.
3379 enum nl80211_iftype {
3380 NL80211_IFTYPE_UNSPECIFIED,
3381 NL80211_IFTYPE_ADHOC,
3382 NL80211_IFTYPE_STATION,
3384 NL80211_IFTYPE_AP_VLAN,
3386 NL80211_IFTYPE_MONITOR,
3387 NL80211_IFTYPE_MESH_POINT,
3388 NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_CLIENT,
3389 NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_GO,
3390 NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_DEVICE,
3395 NUM_NL80211_IFTYPES,
3396 NL80211_IFTYPE_MAX = NUM_NL80211_IFTYPES - 1
3400 * enum nl80211_sta_flags - station flags
3402 * Station flags. When a station is added to an AP interface, it is
3403 * assumed to be already associated (and hence authenticated.)
3405 * @__NL80211_STA_FLAG_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
3406 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHORIZED: station is authorized (802.1X)
3407 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_SHORT_PREAMBLE: station is capable of receiving frames
3408 * with short barker preamble
3409 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_WME: station is WME/QoS capable
3410 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_MFP: station uses management frame protection
3411 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHENTICATED: station is authenticated
3412 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_TDLS_PEER: station is a TDLS peer -- this flag should
3413 * only be used in managed mode (even in the flags mask). Note that the
3414 * flag can't be changed, it is only valid while adding a station, and
3415 * attempts to change it will silently be ignored (rather than rejected
3417 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_ASSOCIATED: station is associated; used with drivers
3418 * that support %NL80211_FEATURE_FULL_AP_CLIENT_STATE to transition a
3419 * previously added station into associated state
3420 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_MAX: highest station flag number currently defined
3421 * @__NL80211_STA_FLAG_AFTER_LAST: internal use
3423 enum nl80211_sta_flags {
3424 __NL80211_STA_FLAG_INVALID,
3425 NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHORIZED,
3426 NL80211_STA_FLAG_SHORT_PREAMBLE,
3427 NL80211_STA_FLAG_WME,
3428 NL80211_STA_FLAG_MFP,
3429 NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHENTICATED,
3430 NL80211_STA_FLAG_TDLS_PEER,
3431 NL80211_STA_FLAG_ASSOCIATED,
3434 __NL80211_STA_FLAG_AFTER_LAST,
3435 NL80211_STA_FLAG_MAX = __NL80211_STA_FLAG_AFTER_LAST - 1
3439 * enum nl80211_sta_p2p_ps_status - station support of P2P PS
3441 * @NL80211_P2P_PS_UNSUPPORTED: station doesn't support P2P PS mechanism
3442 * @@NL80211_P2P_PS_SUPPORTED: station supports P2P PS mechanism
3443 * @NUM_NL80211_P2P_PS_STATUS: number of values
3445 enum nl80211_sta_p2p_ps_status {
3446 NL80211_P2P_PS_UNSUPPORTED = 0,
3447 NL80211_P2P_PS_SUPPORTED,
3449 NUM_NL80211_P2P_PS_STATUS,
3452 #define NL80211_STA_FLAG_MAX_OLD_API NL80211_STA_FLAG_TDLS_PEER
3455 * struct nl80211_sta_flag_update - station flags mask/set
3456 * @mask: mask of station flags to set
3457 * @set: which values to set them to
3459 * Both mask and set contain bits as per &enum nl80211_sta_flags.
3461 struct nl80211_sta_flag_update {
3464 } __attribute__((packed));
3467 * enum nl80211_he_gi - HE guard interval
3468 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI_0_8: 0.8 usec
3469 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI_1_6: 1.6 usec
3470 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI_3_2: 3.2 usec
3472 enum nl80211_he_gi {
3473 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI_0_8,
3474 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI_1_6,
3475 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI_3_2,
3479 * enum nl80211_he_ltf - HE long training field
3480 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_1xLTF: 3.2 usec
3481 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_2xLTF: 6.4 usec
3482 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_4xLTF: 12.8 usec
3484 enum nl80211_he_ltf {
3485 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_1XLTF,
3486 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_2XLTF,
3487 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_4XLTF,
3491 * enum nl80211_he_ru_alloc - HE RU allocation values
3492 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_26: 26-tone RU allocation
3493 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_52: 52-tone RU allocation
3494 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_106: 106-tone RU allocation
3495 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_242: 242-tone RU allocation
3496 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_484: 484-tone RU allocation
3497 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_996: 996-tone RU allocation
3498 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_2x996: 2x996-tone RU allocation
3500 enum nl80211_he_ru_alloc {
3501 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_26,
3502 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_52,
3503 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_106,
3504 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_242,
3505 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_484,
3506 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_996,
3507 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_2x996,
3511 * enum nl80211_eht_gi - EHT guard interval
3512 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_GI_0_8: 0.8 usec
3513 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_GI_1_6: 1.6 usec
3514 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_GI_3_2: 3.2 usec
3516 enum nl80211_eht_gi {
3517 NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_GI_0_8,
3518 NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_GI_1_6,
3519 NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_GI_3_2,
3523 * enum nl80211_eht_ru_alloc - EHT RU allocation values
3524 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_26: 26-tone RU allocation
3525 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_52: 52-tone RU allocation
3526 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_52P26: 52+26-tone RU allocation
3527 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_106: 106-tone RU allocation
3528 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_106P26: 106+26 tone RU allocation
3529 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_242: 242-tone RU allocation
3530 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_484: 484-tone RU allocation
3531 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_484P242: 484+242 tone RU allocation
3532 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_996: 996-tone RU allocation
3533 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_996P484: 996+484 tone RU allocation
3534 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_996P484P242: 996+484+242 tone RU allocation
3535 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_2x996: 2x996-tone RU allocation
3536 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_2x996P484: 2x996+484 tone RU allocation
3537 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_3x996: 3x996-tone RU allocation
3538 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_3x996P484: 3x996+484 tone RU allocation
3539 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_4x996: 4x996-tone RU allocation
3541 enum nl80211_eht_ru_alloc {
3542 NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_26,
3543 NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_52,
3544 NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_52P26,
3545 NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_106,
3546 NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_106P26,
3547 NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_242,
3548 NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_484,
3549 NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_484P242,
3550 NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_996,
3551 NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_996P484,
3552 NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_996P484P242,
3553 NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_2x996,
3554 NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_2x996P484,
3555 NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_3x996,
3556 NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_3x996P484,
3557 NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_4x996,
3561 * enum nl80211_rate_info - bitrate information
3563 * These attribute types are used with %NL80211_STA_INFO_TXRATE
3564 * when getting information about the bitrate of a station.
3565 * There are 2 attributes for bitrate, a legacy one that represents
3566 * a 16-bit value, and new one that represents a 32-bit value.
3567 * If the rate value fits into 16 bit, both attributes are reported
3568 * with the same value. If the rate is too high to fit into 16 bits
3569 * (>6.5535Gbps) only 32-bit attribute is included.
3570 * User space tools encouraged to use the 32-bit attribute and fall
3571 * back to the 16-bit one for compatibility with older kernels.
3573 * @__NL80211_RATE_INFO_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
3574 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_BITRATE: total bitrate (u16, 100kbit/s)
3575 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_MCS: mcs index for 802.11n (u8)
3576 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_40_MHZ_WIDTH: 40 MHz dualchannel bitrate
3577 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_SHORT_GI: 400ns guard interval
3578 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_BITRATE32: total bitrate (u32, 100kbit/s)
3579 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_MAX: highest rate_info number currently defined
3580 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_VHT_MCS: MCS index for VHT (u8)
3581 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_VHT_NSS: number of streams in VHT (u8)
3582 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_80_MHZ_WIDTH: 80 MHz VHT rate
3583 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_80P80_MHZ_WIDTH: unused - 80+80 is treated the
3584 * same as 160 for purposes of the bitrates
3585 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_160_MHZ_WIDTH: 160 MHz VHT rate
3586 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_10_MHZ_WIDTH: 10 MHz width - note that this is
3587 * a legacy rate and will be reported as the actual bitrate, i.e.
3588 * half the base (20 MHz) rate
3589 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_5_MHZ_WIDTH: 5 MHz width - note that this is
3590 * a legacy rate and will be reported as the actual bitrate, i.e.
3591 * a quarter of the base (20 MHz) rate
3592 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_MCS: HE MCS index (u8, 0-11)
3593 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_NSS: HE NSS value (u8, 1-8)
3594 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI: HE guard interval identifier
3595 * (u8, see &enum nl80211_he_gi)
3596 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_DCM: HE DCM value (u8, 0/1)
3597 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_RU_ALLOC: HE RU allocation, if not present then
3598 * non-OFDMA was used (u8, see &enum nl80211_he_ru_alloc)
3599 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_320_MHZ_WIDTH: 320 MHz bitrate
3600 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_MCS: EHT MCS index (u8, 0-15)
3601 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_NSS: EHT NSS value (u8, 1-8)
3602 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_GI: EHT guard interval identifier
3603 * (u8, see &enum nl80211_eht_gi)
3604 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC: EHT RU allocation, if not present then
3605 * non-OFDMA was used (u8, see &enum nl80211_eht_ru_alloc)
3606 * @__NL80211_RATE_INFO_AFTER_LAST: internal use
3608 enum nl80211_rate_info {
3609 __NL80211_RATE_INFO_INVALID,
3610 NL80211_RATE_INFO_BITRATE,
3611 NL80211_RATE_INFO_MCS,
3612 NL80211_RATE_INFO_40_MHZ_WIDTH,
3613 NL80211_RATE_INFO_SHORT_GI,
3614 NL80211_RATE_INFO_BITRATE32,
3615 NL80211_RATE_INFO_VHT_MCS,
3616 NL80211_RATE_INFO_VHT_NSS,
3617 NL80211_RATE_INFO_80_MHZ_WIDTH,
3618 NL80211_RATE_INFO_80P80_MHZ_WIDTH,
3619 NL80211_RATE_INFO_160_MHZ_WIDTH,
3620 NL80211_RATE_INFO_10_MHZ_WIDTH,
3621 NL80211_RATE_INFO_5_MHZ_WIDTH,
3622 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_MCS,
3623 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_NSS,
3624 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI,
3625 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_DCM,
3626 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC,
3627 NL80211_RATE_INFO_320_MHZ_WIDTH,
3628 NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_MCS,
3629 NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_NSS,
3630 NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_GI,
3631 NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC,
3634 __NL80211_RATE_INFO_AFTER_LAST,
3635 NL80211_RATE_INFO_MAX = __NL80211_RATE_INFO_AFTER_LAST - 1
3639 * enum nl80211_sta_bss_param - BSS information collected by STA
3641 * These attribute types are used with %NL80211_STA_INFO_BSS_PARAM
3642 * when getting information about the bitrate of a station.
3644 * @__NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
3645 * @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_CTS_PROT: whether CTS protection is enabled (flag)
3646 * @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_SHORT_PREAMBLE: whether short preamble is enabled
3648 * @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_SHORT_SLOT_TIME: whether short slot time is enabled
3650 * @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_DTIM_PERIOD: DTIM period for beaconing (u8)
3651 * @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_BEACON_INTERVAL: Beacon interval (u16)
3652 * @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_MAX: highest sta_bss_param number currently defined
3653 * @__NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_AFTER_LAST: internal use
3655 enum nl80211_sta_bss_param {
3656 __NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_INVALID,
3657 NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_CTS_PROT,
3658 NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_SHORT_PREAMBLE,
3659 NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_SHORT_SLOT_TIME,
3660 NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_DTIM_PERIOD,
3661 NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_BEACON_INTERVAL,
3664 __NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_AFTER_LAST,
3665 NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_MAX = __NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_AFTER_LAST - 1
3669 * enum nl80211_sta_info - station information
3671 * These attribute types are used with %NL80211_ATTR_STA_INFO
3672 * when getting information about a station.
3674 * @__NL80211_STA_INFO_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
3675 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_INACTIVE_TIME: time since last activity (u32, msecs)
3676 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BYTES: total received bytes (MPDU length)
3677 * (u32, from this station)
3678 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BYTES: total transmitted bytes (MPDU length)
3679 * (u32, to this station)
3680 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BYTES64: total received bytes (MPDU length)
3681 * (u64, from this station)
3682 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BYTES64: total transmitted bytes (MPDU length)
3683 * (u64, to this station)
3684 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_SIGNAL: signal strength of last received PPDU (u8, dBm)
3685 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BITRATE: current unicast tx rate, nested attribute
3686 * containing info as possible, see &enum nl80211_rate_info
3687 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_PACKETS: total received packet (MSDUs and MMPDUs)
3688 * (u32, from this station)
3689 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_PACKETS: total transmitted packets (MSDUs and MMPDUs)
3690 * (u32, to this station)
3691 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_RETRIES: total retries (MPDUs) (u32, to this station)
3692 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_FAILED: total failed packets (MPDUs)
3693 * (u32, to this station)
3694 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_SIGNAL_AVG: signal strength average (u8, dBm)
3695 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_LLID: the station's mesh LLID
3696 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_PLID: the station's mesh PLID
3697 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_PLINK_STATE: peer link state for the station
3698 * (see %enum nl80211_plink_state)
3699 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BITRATE: last unicast data frame rx rate, nested
3700 * attribute, like NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BITRATE.
3701 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_BSS_PARAM: current station's view of BSS, nested attribute
3702 * containing info as possible, see &enum nl80211_sta_bss_param
3703 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_CONNECTED_TIME: time since the station is last connected
3704 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_STA_FLAGS: Contains a struct nl80211_sta_flag_update.
3705 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_LOSS: count of times beacon loss was detected (u32)
3706 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_T_OFFSET: timing offset with respect to this STA (s64)
3707 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_LOCAL_PM: local mesh STA link-specific power mode
3708 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_PEER_PM: peer mesh STA link-specific power mode
3709 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_NONPEER_PM: neighbor mesh STA power save mode towards
3711 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_CHAIN_SIGNAL: per-chain signal strength of last PPDU
3712 * Contains a nested array of signal strength attributes (u8, dBm)
3713 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_CHAIN_SIGNAL_AVG: per-chain signal strength average
3714 * Same format as NL80211_STA_INFO_CHAIN_SIGNAL.
3715 * @NL80211_STA_EXPECTED_THROUGHPUT: expected throughput considering also the
3716 * 802.11 header (u32, kbps)
3717 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_DROP_MISC: RX packets dropped for unspecified reasons
3719 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_RX: number of beacons received from this peer (u64)
3720 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_SIGNAL_AVG: signal strength average
3721 * for beacons only (u8, dBm)
3722 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TID_STATS: per-TID statistics (see &enum nl80211_tid_stats)
3723 * This is a nested attribute where each the inner attribute number is the
3724 * TID+1 and the special TID 16 (i.e. value 17) is used for non-QoS frames;
3725 * each one of those is again nested with &enum nl80211_tid_stats
3726 * attributes carrying the actual values.
3727 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_DURATION: aggregate PPDU duration for all frames
3728 * received from the station (u64, usec)
3729 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_PAD: attribute used for padding for 64-bit alignment
3730 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_ACK_SIGNAL: signal strength of the last ACK frame(u8, dBm)
3731 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_ACK_SIGNAL_AVG: avg signal strength of ACK frames (s8, dBm)
3732 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_MPDUS: total number of received packets (MPDUs)
3733 * (u32, from this station)
3734 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_FCS_ERROR_COUNT: total number of packets (MPDUs) received
3735 * with an FCS error (u32, from this station). This count may not include
3736 * some packets with an FCS error due to TA corruption. Hence this counter
3737 * might not be fully accurate.
3738 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_CONNECTED_TO_GATE: set to true if STA has a path to a
3739 * mesh gate (u8, 0 or 1)
3740 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_DURATION: aggregate PPDU duration for all frames
3741 * sent to the station (u64, usec)
3742 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_AIRTIME_WEIGHT: current airtime weight for station (u16)
3743 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_AIRTIME_LINK_METRIC: airtime link metric for mesh station
3744 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_ASSOC_AT_BOOTTIME: Timestamp (CLOCK_BOOTTIME, nanoseconds)
3745 * of STA's association
3746 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_CONNECTED_TO_AS: set to true if STA has a path to a
3747 * authentication server (u8, 0 or 1)
3748 * @__NL80211_STA_INFO_AFTER_LAST: internal
3749 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_MAX: highest possible station info attribute
3751 enum nl80211_sta_info {
3752 __NL80211_STA_INFO_INVALID,
3753 NL80211_STA_INFO_INACTIVE_TIME,
3754 NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BYTES,
3755 NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BYTES,
3756 NL80211_STA_INFO_LLID,
3757 NL80211_STA_INFO_PLID,
3758 NL80211_STA_INFO_PLINK_STATE,
3759 NL80211_STA_INFO_SIGNAL,
3760 NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BITRATE,
3761 NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_PACKETS,
3762 NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_PACKETS,
3763 NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_RETRIES,
3764 NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_FAILED,
3765 NL80211_STA_INFO_SIGNAL_AVG,
3766 NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BITRATE,
3767 NL80211_STA_INFO_BSS_PARAM,
3768 NL80211_STA_INFO_CONNECTED_TIME,
3769 NL80211_STA_INFO_STA_FLAGS,
3770 NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_LOSS,
3771 NL80211_STA_INFO_T_OFFSET,
3772 NL80211_STA_INFO_LOCAL_PM,
3773 NL80211_STA_INFO_PEER_PM,
3774 NL80211_STA_INFO_NONPEER_PM,
3775 NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BYTES64,
3776 NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BYTES64,
3777 NL80211_STA_INFO_CHAIN_SIGNAL,
3778 NL80211_STA_INFO_CHAIN_SIGNAL_AVG,
3779 NL80211_STA_INFO_EXPECTED_THROUGHPUT,
3780 NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_DROP_MISC,
3781 NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_RX,
3782 NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_SIGNAL_AVG,
3783 NL80211_STA_INFO_TID_STATS,
3784 NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_DURATION,
3785 NL80211_STA_INFO_PAD,
3786 NL80211_STA_INFO_ACK_SIGNAL,
3787 NL80211_STA_INFO_ACK_SIGNAL_AVG,
3788 NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_MPDUS,
3789 NL80211_STA_INFO_FCS_ERROR_COUNT,
3790 NL80211_STA_INFO_CONNECTED_TO_GATE,
3791 NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_DURATION,
3792 NL80211_STA_INFO_AIRTIME_WEIGHT,
3793 NL80211_STA_INFO_AIRTIME_LINK_METRIC,
3794 NL80211_STA_INFO_ASSOC_AT_BOOTTIME,
3795 NL80211_STA_INFO_CONNECTED_TO_AS,
3798 __NL80211_STA_INFO_AFTER_LAST,
3799 NL80211_STA_INFO_MAX = __NL80211_STA_INFO_AFTER_LAST - 1
3802 /* we renamed this - stay compatible */
3803 #define NL80211_STA_INFO_DATA_ACK_SIGNAL_AVG NL80211_STA_INFO_ACK_SIGNAL_AVG
3807 * enum nl80211_tid_stats - per TID statistics attributes
3808 * @__NL80211_TID_STATS_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
3809 * @NL80211_TID_STATS_RX_MSDU: number of MSDUs received (u64)
3810 * @NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU: number of MSDUs transmitted (or
3811 * attempted to transmit; u64)
3812 * @NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU_RETRIES: number of retries for
3813 * transmitted MSDUs (not counting the first attempt; u64)
3814 * @NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU_FAILED: number of failed transmitted
3816 * @NL80211_TID_STATS_PAD: attribute used for padding for 64-bit alignment
3817 * @NL80211_TID_STATS_TXQ_STATS: TXQ stats (nested attribute)
3818 * @NUM_NL80211_TID_STATS: number of attributes here
3819 * @NL80211_TID_STATS_MAX: highest numbered attribute here
3821 enum nl80211_tid_stats {
3822 __NL80211_TID_STATS_INVALID,
3823 NL80211_TID_STATS_RX_MSDU,
3824 NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU,
3825 NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU_RETRIES,
3826 NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU_FAILED,
3827 NL80211_TID_STATS_PAD,
3828 NL80211_TID_STATS_TXQ_STATS,
3831 NUM_NL80211_TID_STATS,
3832 NL80211_TID_STATS_MAX = NUM_NL80211_TID_STATS - 1
3836 * enum nl80211_txq_stats - per TXQ statistics attributes
3837 * @__NL80211_TXQ_STATS_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
3838 * @NUM_NL80211_TXQ_STATS: number of attributes here
3839 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_BACKLOG_BYTES: number of bytes currently backlogged
3840 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_BACKLOG_PACKETS: number of packets currently
3842 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_FLOWS: total number of new flows seen
3843 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_DROPS: total number of packet drops
3844 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_ECN_MARKS: total number of packet ECN marks
3845 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_OVERLIMIT: number of drops due to queue space overflow
3846 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_OVERMEMORY: number of drops due to memory limit overflow
3847 * (only for per-phy stats)
3848 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_COLLISIONS: number of hash collisions
3849 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_TX_BYTES: total number of bytes dequeued from TXQ
3850 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_TX_PACKETS: total number of packets dequeued from TXQ
3851 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_MAX_FLOWS: number of flow buckets for PHY
3852 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_MAX: highest numbered attribute here
3854 enum nl80211_txq_stats {
3855 __NL80211_TXQ_STATS_INVALID,
3856 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_BACKLOG_BYTES,
3857 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_BACKLOG_PACKETS,
3858 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_FLOWS,
3859 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_DROPS,
3860 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_ECN_MARKS,
3861 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_OVERLIMIT,
3862 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_OVERMEMORY,
3863 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_COLLISIONS,
3864 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_TX_BYTES,
3865 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_TX_PACKETS,
3866 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_MAX_FLOWS,
3869 NUM_NL80211_TXQ_STATS,
3870 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_MAX = NUM_NL80211_TXQ_STATS - 1
3874 * enum nl80211_mpath_flags - nl80211 mesh path flags
3876 * @NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_ACTIVE: the mesh path is active
3877 * @NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_RESOLVING: the mesh path discovery process is running
3878 * @NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_SN_VALID: the mesh path contains a valid SN
3879 * @NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_FIXED: the mesh path has been manually set
3880 * @NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_RESOLVED: the mesh path discovery process succeeded
3882 enum nl80211_mpath_flags {
3883 NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_ACTIVE = 1<<0,
3884 NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_RESOLVING = 1<<1,
3885 NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_SN_VALID = 1<<2,
3886 NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_FIXED = 1<<3,
3887 NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_RESOLVED = 1<<4,
3891 * enum nl80211_mpath_info - mesh path information
3893 * These attribute types are used with %NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_INFO when getting
3894 * information about a mesh path.
3896 * @__NL80211_MPATH_INFO_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
3897 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_FRAME_QLEN: number of queued frames for this destination
3898 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_SN: destination sequence number
3899 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_METRIC: metric (cost) of this mesh path
3900 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_EXPTIME: expiration time for the path, in msec from now
3901 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_FLAGS: mesh path flags, enumerated in
3902 * &enum nl80211_mpath_flags;
3903 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_TIMEOUT: total path discovery timeout, in msec
3904 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_RETRIES: mesh path discovery retries
3905 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_HOP_COUNT: hop count to destination
3906 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_PATH_CHANGE: total number of path changes to destination
3907 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_MAX: highest mesh path information attribute number
3909 * @__NL80211_MPATH_INFO_AFTER_LAST: internal use
3911 enum nl80211_mpath_info {
3912 __NL80211_MPATH_INFO_INVALID,
3913 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_FRAME_QLEN,
3914 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_SN,
3915 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_METRIC,
3916 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_EXPTIME,
3917 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_FLAGS,
3918 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_TIMEOUT,
3919 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_RETRIES,
3920 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_HOP_COUNT,
3921 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_PATH_CHANGE,
3924 __NL80211_MPATH_INFO_AFTER_LAST,
3925 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_MAX = __NL80211_MPATH_INFO_AFTER_LAST - 1
3929 * enum nl80211_band_iftype_attr - Interface type data attributes
3931 * @__NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
3932 * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_IFTYPES: nested attribute containing a flag attribute
3933 * for each interface type that supports the band data
3934 * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_MAC: HE MAC capabilities as in HE
3936 * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_PHY: HE PHY capabilities as in HE
3938 * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_MCS_SET: HE supported NSS/MCS as in HE
3940 * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_PPE: HE PPE thresholds information as
3941 * defined in HE capabilities IE
3942 * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_6GHZ_CAPA: HE 6GHz band capabilities (__le16),
3943 * given for all 6 GHz band channels
3944 * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_VENDOR_ELEMS: vendor element capabilities that are
3945 * advertised on this band/for this iftype (binary)
3946 * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_EHT_CAP_MAC: EHT MAC capabilities as in EHT
3947 * capabilities element
3948 * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_EHT_CAP_PHY: EHT PHY capabilities as in EHT
3949 * capabilities element
3950 * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_EHT_CAP_MCS_SET: EHT supported NSS/MCS as in EHT
3951 * capabilities element
3952 * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_EHT_CAP_PPE: EHT PPE thresholds information as
3953 * defined in EHT capabilities element
3954 * @__NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use
3955 * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_MAX: highest band attribute currently defined
3957 enum nl80211_band_iftype_attr {
3958 __NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_INVALID,
3960 NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_IFTYPES,
3961 NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_MAC,
3962 NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_PHY,
3963 NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_MCS_SET,
3964 NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_PPE,
3965 NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_6GHZ_CAPA,
3966 NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_VENDOR_ELEMS,
3967 NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_EHT_CAP_MAC,
3968 NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_EHT_CAP_PHY,
3969 NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_EHT_CAP_MCS_SET,
3970 NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_EHT_CAP_PPE,
3973 __NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
3974 NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
3978 * enum nl80211_band_attr - band attributes
3979 * @__NL80211_BAND_ATTR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
3980 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_FREQS: supported frequencies in this band,
3981 * an array of nested frequency attributes
3982 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_RATES: supported bitrates in this band,
3983 * an array of nested bitrate attributes
3984 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_MCS_SET: 16-byte attribute containing the MCS set as
3985 * defined in 802.11n
3986 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_CAPA: HT capabilities, as in the HT information IE
3987 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_AMPDU_FACTOR: A-MPDU factor, as in 11n
3988 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_AMPDU_DENSITY: A-MPDU density, as in 11n
3989 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_VHT_MCS_SET: 32-byte attribute containing the MCS set as
3990 * defined in 802.11ac
3991 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_VHT_CAPA: VHT capabilities, as in the HT information IE
3992 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_IFTYPE_DATA: nested array attribute, with each entry using
3993 * attributes from &enum nl80211_band_iftype_attr
3994 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_EDMG_CHANNELS: bitmap that indicates the 2.16 GHz
3995 * channel(s) that are allowed to be used for EDMG transmissions.
3996 * Defined by IEEE P802.11ay/D4.0 section 9.4.2.251.
3997 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_EDMG_BW_CONFIG: Channel BW Configuration subfield encodes
3998 * the allowed channel bandwidth configurations.
3999 * Defined by IEEE P802.11ay/D4.0 section 9.4.2.251, Table 13.
4000 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_MAX: highest band attribute currently defined
4001 * @__NL80211_BAND_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use
4003 enum nl80211_band_attr {
4004 __NL80211_BAND_ATTR_INVALID,
4005 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_FREQS,
4006 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_RATES,
4008 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_MCS_SET,
4009 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_CAPA,
4010 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_AMPDU_FACTOR,
4011 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_AMPDU_DENSITY,
4013 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_VHT_MCS_SET,
4014 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_VHT_CAPA,
4015 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_IFTYPE_DATA,
4017 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_EDMG_CHANNELS,
4018 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_EDMG_BW_CONFIG,
4021 __NL80211_BAND_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
4022 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_BAND_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
4025 #define NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_CAPA NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_CAPA
4028 * enum nl80211_wmm_rule - regulatory wmm rule
4030 * @__NL80211_WMMR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
4031 * @NL80211_WMMR_CW_MIN: Minimum contention window slot.
4032 * @NL80211_WMMR_CW_MAX: Maximum contention window slot.
4033 * @NL80211_WMMR_AIFSN: Arbitration Inter Frame Space.
4034 * @NL80211_WMMR_TXOP: Maximum allowed tx operation time.
4035 * @nl80211_WMMR_MAX: highest possible wmm rule.
4036 * @__NL80211_WMMR_LAST: Internal use.
4038 enum nl80211_wmm_rule {
4039 __NL80211_WMMR_INVALID,
4040 NL80211_WMMR_CW_MIN,
4041 NL80211_WMMR_CW_MAX,
4046 __NL80211_WMMR_LAST,
4047 NL80211_WMMR_MAX = __NL80211_WMMR_LAST - 1
4051 * enum nl80211_frequency_attr - frequency attributes
4052 * @__NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
4053 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_FREQ: Frequency in MHz
4054 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DISABLED: Channel is disabled in current
4055 * regulatory domain.
4056 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR: no mechanisms that initiate radiation
4057 * are permitted on this channel, this includes sending probe
4058 * requests, or modes of operation that require beaconing.
4059 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_RADAR: Radar detection is mandatory
4060 * on this channel in current regulatory domain.
4061 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX_TX_POWER: Maximum transmission power in mBm
4063 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_STATE: current state for DFS
4064 * (enum nl80211_dfs_state)
4065 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_TIME: time in miliseconds for how long
4066 * this channel is in this DFS state.
4067 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_HT40_MINUS: HT40- isn't possible with this
4068 * channel as the control channel
4069 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_HT40_PLUS: HT40+ isn't possible with this
4070 * channel as the control channel
4071 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_80MHZ: any 80 MHz channel using this channel
4072 * as the primary or any of the secondary channels isn't possible,
4073 * this includes 80+80 channels
4074 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_160MHZ: any 160 MHz (but not 80+80) channel
4075 * using this channel as the primary or any of the secondary channels
4077 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_CAC_TIME: DFS CAC time in milliseconds.
4078 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_INDOOR_ONLY: Only indoor use is permitted on this
4079 * channel. A channel that has the INDOOR_ONLY attribute can only be
4080 * used when there is a clear assessment that the device is operating in
4081 * an indoor surroundings, i.e., it is connected to AC power (and not
4082 * through portable DC inverters) or is under the control of a master
4083 * that is acting as an AP and is connected to AC power.
4084 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_IR_CONCURRENT: IR operation is allowed on this
4085 * channel if it's connected concurrently to a BSS on the same channel on
4086 * the 2 GHz band or to a channel in the same UNII band (on the 5 GHz
4087 * band), and IEEE80211_CHAN_RADAR is not set. Instantiating a GO or TDLS
4088 * off-channel on a channel that has the IR_CONCURRENT attribute set can be
4089 * done when there is a clear assessment that the device is operating under
4090 * the guidance of an authorized master, i.e., setting up a GO or TDLS
4091 * off-channel while the device is also connected to an AP with DFS and
4092 * radar detection on the UNII band (it is up to user-space, i.e.,
4093 * wpa_supplicant to perform the required verifications). Using this
4094 * attribute for IR is disallowed for master interfaces (IBSS, AP).
4095 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_20MHZ: 20 MHz operation is not allowed
4096 * on this channel in current regulatory domain.
4097 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_10MHZ: 10 MHz operation is not allowed
4098 * on this channel in current regulatory domain.
4099 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_WMM: this channel has wmm limitations.
4100 * This is a nested attribute that contains the wmm limitation per AC.
4101 * (see &enum nl80211_wmm_rule)
4102 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_HE: HE operation is not allowed on this channel
4103 * in current regulatory domain.
4104 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_OFFSET: frequency offset in KHz
4105 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_1MHZ: 1 MHz operation is allowed
4106 * on this channel in current regulatory domain.
4107 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_2MHZ: 2 MHz operation is allowed
4108 * on this channel in current regulatory domain.
4109 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_4MHZ: 4 MHz operation is allowed
4110 * on this channel in current regulatory domain.
4111 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_8MHZ: 8 MHz operation is allowed
4112 * on this channel in current regulatory domain.
4113 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_16MHZ: 16 MHz operation is allowed
4114 * on this channel in current regulatory domain.
4115 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_320MHZ: any 320 MHz channel using this channel
4116 * as the primary or any of the secondary channels isn't possible
4117 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_EHT: EHT operation is not allowed on this channel
4118 * in current regulatory domain.
4119 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX: highest frequency attribute number
4121 * @__NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use
4123 * See https://apps.fcc.gov/eas/comments/GetPublishedDocument.html?id=327&tn=528122
4124 * for more information on the FCC description of the relaxations allowed
4125 * by NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_INDOOR_ONLY and
4126 * NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_IR_CONCURRENT.
4128 enum nl80211_frequency_attr {
4129 __NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_INVALID,
4130 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_FREQ,
4131 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DISABLED,
4132 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR,
4133 __NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IBSS,
4134 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_RADAR,
4135 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX_TX_POWER,
4136 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_STATE,
4137 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_TIME,
4138 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_HT40_MINUS,
4139 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_HT40_PLUS,
4140 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_80MHZ,
4141 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_160MHZ,
4142 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_CAC_TIME,
4143 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_INDOOR_ONLY,
4144 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_IR_CONCURRENT,
4145 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_20MHZ,
4146 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_10MHZ,
4147 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_WMM,
4148 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_HE,
4149 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_OFFSET,
4150 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_1MHZ,
4151 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_2MHZ,
4152 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_4MHZ,
4153 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_8MHZ,
4154 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_16MHZ,
4155 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_320MHZ,
4156 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_EHT,
4159 __NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
4160 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
4163 #define NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX_TX_POWER NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX_TX_POWER
4164 #define NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_PASSIVE_SCAN NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR
4165 #define NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IBSS NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR
4166 #define NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR
4167 #define NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_GO_CONCURRENT \
4168 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_IR_CONCURRENT
4171 * enum nl80211_bitrate_attr - bitrate attributes
4172 * @__NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
4173 * @NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_RATE: Bitrate in units of 100 kbps
4174 * @NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_2GHZ_SHORTPREAMBLE: Short preamble supported
4176 * @NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_MAX: highest bitrate attribute number
4178 * @__NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use
4180 enum nl80211_bitrate_attr {
4181 __NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_INVALID,
4182 NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_RATE,
4183 NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_2GHZ_SHORTPREAMBLE,
4186 __NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
4187 NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
4191 * enum nl80211_initiator - Indicates the initiator of a reg domain request
4192 * @NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_CORE: Core queried CRDA for a dynamic world
4193 * regulatory domain.
4194 * @NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_USER: User asked the wireless core to set the
4195 * regulatory domain.
4196 * @NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_DRIVER: a wireless drivers has hinted to the
4197 * wireless core it thinks its knows the regulatory domain we should be in.
4198 * @NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_COUNTRY_IE: the wireless core has received an
4199 * 802.11 country information element with regulatory information it
4200 * thinks we should consider. cfg80211 only processes the country
4201 * code from the IE, and relies on the regulatory domain information
4202 * structure passed by userspace (CRDA) from our wireless-regdb.
4203 * If a channel is enabled but the country code indicates it should
4204 * be disabled we disable the channel and re-enable it upon disassociation.
4206 enum nl80211_reg_initiator {
4207 NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_CORE,
4208 NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_USER,
4209 NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_DRIVER,
4210 NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_COUNTRY_IE,
4214 * enum nl80211_reg_type - specifies the type of regulatory domain
4215 * @NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_COUNTRY: the regulatory domain set is one that pertains
4216 * to a specific country. When this is set you can count on the
4217 * ISO / IEC 3166 alpha2 country code being valid.
4218 * @NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_WORLD: the regulatory set domain is the world regulatory
4220 * @NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_CUSTOM_WORLD: the regulatory domain set is a custom
4221 * driver specific world regulatory domain. These do not apply system-wide
4222 * and are only applicable to the individual devices which have requested
4223 * them to be applied.
4224 * @NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_INTERSECTION: the regulatory domain set is the product
4225 * of an intersection between two regulatory domains -- the previously
4226 * set regulatory domain on the system and the last accepted regulatory
4227 * domain request to be processed.
4229 enum nl80211_reg_type {
4230 NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_COUNTRY,
4231 NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_WORLD,
4232 NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_CUSTOM_WORLD,
4233 NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_INTERSECTION,
4237 * enum nl80211_reg_rule_attr - regulatory rule attributes
4238 * @__NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
4239 * @NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_FLAGS: a set of flags which specify additional
4240 * considerations for a given frequency range. These are the
4241 * &enum nl80211_reg_rule_flags.
4242 * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_START: starting frequencry for the regulatory
4243 * rule in KHz. This is not a center of frequency but an actual regulatory
4245 * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_END: ending frequency for the regulatory rule
4246 * in KHz. This is not a center a frequency but an actual regulatory
4248 * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_MAX_BW: maximum allowed bandwidth for this
4249 * frequency range, in KHz.
4250 * @NL80211_ATTR_POWER_RULE_MAX_ANT_GAIN: the maximum allowed antenna gain
4251 * for a given frequency range. The value is in mBi (100 * dBi).
4252 * If you don't have one then don't send this.
4253 * @NL80211_ATTR_POWER_RULE_MAX_EIRP: the maximum allowed EIRP for
4254 * a given frequency range. The value is in mBm (100 * dBm).
4255 * @NL80211_ATTR_DFS_CAC_TIME: DFS CAC time in milliseconds.
4256 * If not present or 0 default CAC time will be used.
4257 * @NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_MAX: highest regulatory rule attribute number
4259 * @__NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use
4261 enum nl80211_reg_rule_attr {
4262 __NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_INVALID,
4263 NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_FLAGS,
4265 NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_START,
4266 NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_END,
4267 NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_MAX_BW,
4269 NL80211_ATTR_POWER_RULE_MAX_ANT_GAIN,
4270 NL80211_ATTR_POWER_RULE_MAX_EIRP,
4272 NL80211_ATTR_DFS_CAC_TIME,
4275 __NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
4276 NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
4280 * enum nl80211_sched_scan_match_attr - scheduled scan match attributes
4281 * @__NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
4282 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_SSID: SSID to be used for matching,
4283 * only report BSS with matching SSID.
4284 * (This cannot be used together with BSSID.)
4285 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RSSI: RSSI threshold (in dBm) for reporting a
4286 * BSS in scan results. Filtering is turned off if not specified. Note that
4287 * if this attribute is in a match set of its own, then it is treated as
4288 * the default value for all matchsets with an SSID, rather than being a
4289 * matchset of its own without an RSSI filter. This is due to problems with
4290 * how this API was implemented in the past. Also, due to the same problem,
4291 * the only way to create a matchset with only an RSSI filter (with this
4292 * attribute) is if there's only a single matchset with the RSSI attribute.
4293 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RELATIVE_RSSI: Flag indicating whether
4294 * %NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RSSI to be used as absolute RSSI or
4295 * relative to current bss's RSSI.
4296 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RSSI_ADJUST: When present the RSSI level for
4297 * BSS-es in the specified band is to be adjusted before doing
4298 * RSSI-based BSS selection. The attribute value is a packed structure
4299 * value as specified by &struct nl80211_bss_select_rssi_adjust.
4300 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_BSSID: BSSID to be used for matching
4301 * (this cannot be used together with SSID).
4302 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_PER_BAND_RSSI: Nested attribute that carries the
4303 * band specific minimum rssi thresholds for the bands defined in
4304 * enum nl80211_band. The minimum rssi threshold value(s32) specific to a
4305 * band shall be encapsulated in attribute with type value equals to one
4306 * of the NL80211_BAND_* defined in enum nl80211_band. For example, the
4307 * minimum rssi threshold value for 2.4GHZ band shall be encapsulated
4308 * within an attribute of type NL80211_BAND_2GHZ. And one or more of such
4309 * attributes will be nested within this attribute.
4310 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_MAX: highest scheduled scan filter
4311 * attribute number currently defined
4312 * @__NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use
4314 enum nl80211_sched_scan_match_attr {
4315 __NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_INVALID,
4317 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_SSID,
4318 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RSSI,
4319 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RELATIVE_RSSI,
4320 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RSSI_ADJUST,
4321 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_BSSID,
4322 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_PER_BAND_RSSI,
4325 __NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
4326 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_MAX =
4327 __NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
4330 /* only for backward compatibility */
4331 #define NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_SSID NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_SSID
4334 * enum nl80211_reg_rule_flags - regulatory rule flags
4336 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_OFDM: OFDM modulation not allowed
4337 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_CCK: CCK modulation not allowed
4338 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_INDOOR: indoor operation not allowed
4339 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_OUTDOOR: outdoor operation not allowed
4340 * @NL80211_RRF_DFS: DFS support is required to be used
4341 * @NL80211_RRF_PTP_ONLY: this is only for Point To Point links
4342 * @NL80211_RRF_PTMP_ONLY: this is only for Point To Multi Point links
4343 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_IR: no mechanisms that initiate radiation are allowed,
4344 * this includes probe requests or modes of operation that require
4346 * @NL80211_RRF_AUTO_BW: maximum available bandwidth should be calculated
4347 * base on contiguous rules and wider channels will be allowed to cross
4348 * multiple contiguous/overlapping frequency ranges.
4349 * @NL80211_RRF_IR_CONCURRENT: See %NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_IR_CONCURRENT
4350 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40MINUS: channels can't be used in HT40- operation
4351 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40PLUS: channels can't be used in HT40+ operation
4352 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_80MHZ: 80MHz operation not allowed
4353 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_160MHZ: 160MHz operation not allowed
4354 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_HE: HE operation not allowed
4355 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_320MHZ: 320MHz operation not allowed
4357 enum nl80211_reg_rule_flags {
4358 NL80211_RRF_NO_OFDM = 1<<0,
4359 NL80211_RRF_NO_CCK = 1<<1,
4360 NL80211_RRF_NO_INDOOR = 1<<2,
4361 NL80211_RRF_NO_OUTDOOR = 1<<3,
4362 NL80211_RRF_DFS = 1<<4,
4363 NL80211_RRF_PTP_ONLY = 1<<5,
4364 NL80211_RRF_PTMP_ONLY = 1<<6,
4365 NL80211_RRF_NO_IR = 1<<7,
4366 __NL80211_RRF_NO_IBSS = 1<<8,
4367 NL80211_RRF_AUTO_BW = 1<<11,
4368 NL80211_RRF_IR_CONCURRENT = 1<<12,
4369 NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40MINUS = 1<<13,
4370 NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40PLUS = 1<<14,
4371 NL80211_RRF_NO_80MHZ = 1<<15,
4372 NL80211_RRF_NO_160MHZ = 1<<16,
4373 NL80211_RRF_NO_HE = 1<<17,
4374 NL80211_RRF_NO_320MHZ = 1<<18,
4377 #define NL80211_RRF_PASSIVE_SCAN NL80211_RRF_NO_IR
4378 #define NL80211_RRF_NO_IBSS NL80211_RRF_NO_IR
4379 #define NL80211_RRF_NO_IR NL80211_RRF_NO_IR
4380 #define NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40 (NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40MINUS |\
4381 NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40PLUS)
4382 #define NL80211_RRF_GO_CONCURRENT NL80211_RRF_IR_CONCURRENT
4384 /* For backport compatibility with older userspace */
4385 #define NL80211_RRF_NO_IR_ALL (NL80211_RRF_NO_IR | __NL80211_RRF_NO_IBSS)
4388 * enum nl80211_dfs_regions - regulatory DFS regions
4390 * @NL80211_DFS_UNSET: Country has no DFS master region specified
4391 * @NL80211_DFS_FCC: Country follows DFS master rules from FCC
4392 * @NL80211_DFS_ETSI: Country follows DFS master rules from ETSI
4393 * @NL80211_DFS_JP: Country follows DFS master rules from JP/MKK/Telec
4395 enum nl80211_dfs_regions {
4396 NL80211_DFS_UNSET = 0,
4397 NL80211_DFS_FCC = 1,
4398 NL80211_DFS_ETSI = 2,
4403 * enum nl80211_user_reg_hint_type - type of user regulatory hint
4405 * @NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_USER: a user sent the hint. This is always
4406 * assumed if the attribute is not set.
4407 * @NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_CELL_BASE: the hint comes from a cellular
4408 * base station. Device drivers that have been tested to work
4409 * properly to support this type of hint can enable these hints
4410 * by setting the NL80211_FEATURE_CELL_BASE_REG_HINTS feature
4411 * capability on the struct wiphy. The wireless core will
4412 * ignore all cell base station hints until at least one device
4413 * present has been registered with the wireless core that
4414 * has listed NL80211_FEATURE_CELL_BASE_REG_HINTS as a
4415 * supported feature.
4416 * @NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_INDOOR: a user sent an hint indicating that the
4417 * platform is operating in an indoor environment.
4419 enum nl80211_user_reg_hint_type {
4420 NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_USER = 0,
4421 NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_CELL_BASE = 1,
4422 NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_INDOOR = 2,
4426 * enum nl80211_survey_info - survey information
4428 * These attribute types are used with %NL80211_ATTR_SURVEY_INFO
4429 * when getting information about a survey.
4431 * @__NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
4432 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_FREQUENCY: center frequency of channel
4433 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_NOISE: noise level of channel (u8, dBm)
4434 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_IN_USE: channel is currently being used
4435 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME: amount of time (in ms) that the radio
4436 * was turned on (on channel or globally)
4437 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BUSY: amount of the time the primary
4438 * channel was sensed busy (either due to activity or energy detect)
4439 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_EXT_BUSY: amount of time the extension
4440 * channel was sensed busy
4441 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_RX: amount of time the radio spent
4442 * receiving data (on channel or globally)
4443 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_TX: amount of time the radio spent
4444 * transmitting data (on channel or globally)
4445 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_SCAN: time the radio spent for scan
4446 * (on this channel or globally)
4447 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_PAD: attribute used for padding for 64-bit alignment
4448 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BSS_RX: amount of time the radio spent
4449 * receiving frames destined to the local BSS
4450 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_MAX: highest survey info attribute number
4452 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_FREQUENCY_OFFSET: center frequency offset in KHz
4453 * @__NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_AFTER_LAST: internal use
4455 enum nl80211_survey_info {
4456 __NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_INVALID,
4457 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_FREQUENCY,
4458 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_NOISE,
4459 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_IN_USE,
4460 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME,
4461 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BUSY,
4462 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_EXT_BUSY,
4463 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_RX,
4464 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_TX,
4465 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_SCAN,
4466 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_PAD,
4467 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BSS_RX,
4468 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_FREQUENCY_OFFSET,
4471 __NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_AFTER_LAST,
4472 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_MAX = __NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_AFTER_LAST - 1
4475 /* keep old names for compatibility */
4476 #define NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_CHANNEL_TIME NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME
4477 #define NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_CHANNEL_TIME_BUSY NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BUSY
4478 #define NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_CHANNEL_TIME_EXT_BUSY NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_EXT_BUSY
4479 #define NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_CHANNEL_TIME_RX NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_RX
4480 #define NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_CHANNEL_TIME_TX NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_TX
4483 * enum nl80211_mntr_flags - monitor configuration flags
4485 * Monitor configuration flags.
4487 * @__NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_INVALID: reserved
4489 * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_FCSFAIL: pass frames with bad FCS
4490 * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_PLCPFAIL: pass frames with bad PLCP
4491 * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_CONTROL: pass control frames
4492 * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_OTHER_BSS: disable BSSID filtering
4493 * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_COOK_FRAMES: report frames after processing.
4494 * overrides all other flags.
4495 * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_ACTIVE: use the configured MAC address
4496 * and ACK incoming unicast packets.
4498 * @__NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_AFTER_LAST: internal use
4499 * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_MAX: highest possible monitor flag
4501 enum nl80211_mntr_flags {
4502 __NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_INVALID,
4503 NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_FCSFAIL,
4504 NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_PLCPFAIL,
4505 NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_CONTROL,
4506 NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_OTHER_BSS,
4507 NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_COOK_FRAMES,
4508 NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_ACTIVE,
4511 __NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_AFTER_LAST,
4512 NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_MAX = __NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_AFTER_LAST - 1
4516 * enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode - mesh power save modes
4518 * @NL80211_MESH_POWER_UNKNOWN: The mesh power mode of the mesh STA is
4519 * not known or has not been set yet.
4520 * @NL80211_MESH_POWER_ACTIVE: Active mesh power mode. The mesh STA is
4521 * in Awake state all the time.
4522 * @NL80211_MESH_POWER_LIGHT_SLEEP: Light sleep mode. The mesh STA will
4523 * alternate between Active and Doze states, but will wake up for
4524 * neighbor's beacons.
4525 * @NL80211_MESH_POWER_DEEP_SLEEP: Deep sleep mode. The mesh STA will
4526 * alternate between Active and Doze states, but may not wake up
4527 * for neighbor's beacons.
4529 * @__NL80211_MESH_POWER_AFTER_LAST - internal use
4530 * @NL80211_MESH_POWER_MAX - highest possible power save level
4533 enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode {
4534 NL80211_MESH_POWER_UNKNOWN,
4535 NL80211_MESH_POWER_ACTIVE,
4536 NL80211_MESH_POWER_LIGHT_SLEEP,
4537 NL80211_MESH_POWER_DEEP_SLEEP,
4539 __NL80211_MESH_POWER_AFTER_LAST,
4540 NL80211_MESH_POWER_MAX = __NL80211_MESH_POWER_AFTER_LAST - 1
4544 * enum nl80211_meshconf_params - mesh configuration parameters
4546 * Mesh configuration parameters. These can be changed while the mesh is
4549 * @__NL80211_MESHCONF_INVALID: internal use
4551 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_RETRY_TIMEOUT: specifies the initial retry timeout in
4552 * millisecond units, used by the Peer Link Open message
4554 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_CONFIRM_TIMEOUT: specifies the initial confirm timeout, in
4555 * millisecond units, used by the peer link management to close a peer link
4557 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HOLDING_TIMEOUT: specifies the holding timeout, in
4560 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_MAX_PEER_LINKS: maximum number of peer links allowed
4561 * on this mesh interface
4563 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_MAX_RETRIES: specifies the maximum number of peer link
4564 * open retries that can be sent to establish a new peer link instance in a
4567 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_TTL: specifies the value of TTL field set at a source mesh
4570 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_AUTO_OPEN_PLINKS: whether we should automatically open
4571 * peer links when we detect compatible mesh peers. Disabled if
4572 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_MPM or @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AMPE are
4575 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_MAX_PREQ_RETRIES: the number of action frames
4576 * containing a PREQ that an MP can send to a particular destination (path
4579 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_PATH_REFRESH_TIME: how frequently to refresh mesh paths
4582 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_MIN_DISCOVERY_TIMEOUT: minimum length of time to wait
4583 * until giving up on a path discovery (in milliseconds)
4585 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ACTIVE_PATH_TIMEOUT: The time (in TUs) for which mesh
4586 * points receiving a PREQ shall consider the forwarding information from
4587 * the root to be valid. (TU = time unit)
4589 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PREQ_MIN_INTERVAL: The minimum interval of time (in
4590 * TUs) during which an MP can send only one action frame containing a PREQ
4593 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_NET_DIAM_TRVS_TIME: The interval of time (in TUs)
4594 * that it takes for an HWMP information element to propagate across the
4597 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ROOTMODE: whether root mode is enabled or not
4599 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_ELEMENT_TTL: specifies the value of TTL field set at a
4600 * source mesh point for path selection elements.
4602 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_RANN_INTERVAL: The interval of time (in TUs) between
4603 * root announcements are transmitted.
4605 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_GATE_ANNOUNCEMENTS: Advertise that this mesh station has
4606 * access to a broader network beyond the MBSS. This is done via Root
4607 * Announcement frames.
4609 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PERR_MIN_INTERVAL: The minimum interval of time (in
4610 * TUs) during which a mesh STA can send only one Action frame containing a
4613 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_FORWARDING: set Mesh STA as forwarding or non-forwarding
4614 * or forwarding entity (default is TRUE - forwarding entity)
4616 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_RSSI_THRESHOLD: RSSI threshold in dBm. This specifies the
4617 * threshold for average signal strength of candidate station to establish
4620 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_SYNC_OFFSET_MAX_NEIGHBOR: maximum number of neighbors
4621 * to synchronize to for 11s default synchronization method
4624 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HT_OPMODE: set mesh HT protection mode.
4626 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_ATTR_MAX: highest possible mesh configuration attribute
4628 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PATH_TO_ROOT_TIMEOUT: The time (in TUs) for
4629 * which mesh STAs receiving a proactive PREQ shall consider the forwarding
4630 * information to the root mesh STA to be valid.
4632 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ROOT_INTERVAL: The interval of time (in TUs) between
4633 * proactive PREQs are transmitted.
4635 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_CONFIRMATION_INTERVAL: The minimum interval of time
4636 * (in TUs) during which a mesh STA can send only one Action frame
4637 * containing a PREQ element for root path confirmation.
4639 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_POWER_MODE: Default mesh power mode for new peer links.
4640 * type &enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode (u32)
4642 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_AWAKE_WINDOW: awake window duration (in TUs)
4644 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_PLINK_TIMEOUT: If no tx activity is seen from a STA we've
4645 * established peering with for longer than this time (in seconds), then
4646 * remove it from the STA's list of peers. You may set this to 0 to disable
4647 * the removal of the STA. Default is 30 minutes.
4649 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_CONNECTED_TO_GATE: If set to true then this mesh STA
4650 * will advertise that it is connected to a gate in the mesh formation
4651 * field. If left unset then the mesh formation field will only
4652 * advertise such if there is an active root mesh path.
4654 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_NOLEARN: Try to avoid multi-hop path discovery (e.g.
4655 * PREQ/PREP for HWMP) if the destination is a direct neighbor. Note that
4656 * this might not be the optimal decision as a multi-hop route might be
4657 * better. So if using this setting you will likely also want to disable
4658 * dot11MeshForwarding and use another mesh routing protocol on top.
4660 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_CONNECTED_TO_AS: If set to true then this mesh STA
4661 * will advertise that it is connected to a authentication server
4662 * in the mesh formation field.
4664 * @__NL80211_MESHCONF_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use
4666 enum nl80211_meshconf_params {
4667 __NL80211_MESHCONF_INVALID,
4668 NL80211_MESHCONF_RETRY_TIMEOUT,
4669 NL80211_MESHCONF_CONFIRM_TIMEOUT,
4670 NL80211_MESHCONF_HOLDING_TIMEOUT,
4671 NL80211_MESHCONF_MAX_PEER_LINKS,
4672 NL80211_MESHCONF_MAX_RETRIES,
4673 NL80211_MESHCONF_TTL,
4674 NL80211_MESHCONF_AUTO_OPEN_PLINKS,
4675 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_MAX_PREQ_RETRIES,
4676 NL80211_MESHCONF_PATH_REFRESH_TIME,
4677 NL80211_MESHCONF_MIN_DISCOVERY_TIMEOUT,
4678 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ACTIVE_PATH_TIMEOUT,
4679 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PREQ_MIN_INTERVAL,
4680 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_NET_DIAM_TRVS_TIME,
4681 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ROOTMODE,
4682 NL80211_MESHCONF_ELEMENT_TTL,
4683 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_RANN_INTERVAL,
4684 NL80211_MESHCONF_GATE_ANNOUNCEMENTS,
4685 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PERR_MIN_INTERVAL,
4686 NL80211_MESHCONF_FORWARDING,
4687 NL80211_MESHCONF_RSSI_THRESHOLD,
4688 NL80211_MESHCONF_SYNC_OFFSET_MAX_NEIGHBOR,
4689 NL80211_MESHCONF_HT_OPMODE,
4690 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PATH_TO_ROOT_TIMEOUT,
4691 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ROOT_INTERVAL,
4692 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_CONFIRMATION_INTERVAL,
4693 NL80211_MESHCONF_POWER_MODE,
4694 NL80211_MESHCONF_AWAKE_WINDOW,
4695 NL80211_MESHCONF_PLINK_TIMEOUT,
4696 NL80211_MESHCONF_CONNECTED_TO_GATE,
4697 NL80211_MESHCONF_NOLEARN,
4698 NL80211_MESHCONF_CONNECTED_TO_AS,
4701 __NL80211_MESHCONF_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
4702 NL80211_MESHCONF_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_MESHCONF_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
4706 * enum nl80211_mesh_setup_params - mesh setup parameters
4708 * Mesh setup parameters. These are used to start/join a mesh and cannot be
4709 * changed while the mesh is active.
4711 * @__NL80211_MESH_SETUP_INVALID: Internal use
4713 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_PATH_SEL: Enable this option to use a
4714 * vendor specific path selection algorithm or disable it to use the
4717 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_METRIC: Enable this option to use a
4718 * vendor specific path metric or disable it to use the default Airtime
4721 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_IE: Information elements for this mesh, for instance, a
4722 * robust security network ie, or a vendor specific information element
4723 * that vendors will use to identify the path selection methods and
4726 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AUTH: Enable this option if an authentication
4727 * daemon will be authenticating mesh candidates.
4729 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AMPE: Enable this option if an authentication
4730 * daemon will be securing peer link frames. AMPE is a secured version of
4731 * Mesh Peering Management (MPM) and is implemented with the assistance of
4732 * a userspace daemon. When this flag is set, the kernel will send peer
4733 * management frames to a userspace daemon that will implement AMPE
4734 * functionality (security capabilities selection, key confirmation, and
4735 * key management). When the flag is unset (default), the kernel can
4736 * autonomously complete (unsecured) mesh peering without the need of a
4739 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_SYNC: Enable this option to use a
4740 * vendor specific synchronization method or disable it to use the default
4741 * neighbor offset synchronization
4743 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_MPM: Enable this option if userspace will
4744 * implement an MPM which handles peer allocation and state.
4746 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_AUTH_PROTOCOL: Inform the kernel of the authentication
4747 * method (u8, as defined in IEEE 8.4.2.100.6, e.g. 0x1 for SAE).
4748 * Default is no authentication method required.
4750 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ATTR_MAX: highest possible mesh setup attribute number
4752 * @__NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: Internal use
4754 enum nl80211_mesh_setup_params {
4755 __NL80211_MESH_SETUP_INVALID,
4756 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_PATH_SEL,
4757 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_METRIC,
4758 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_IE,
4759 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AUTH,
4760 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AMPE,
4761 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_SYNC,
4762 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_MPM,
4763 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_AUTH_PROTOCOL,
4766 __NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
4767 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
4771 * enum nl80211_txq_attr - TX queue parameter attributes
4772 * @__NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_INVALID: Attribute number 0 is reserved
4773 * @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AC: AC identifier (NL80211_AC_*)
4774 * @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_TXOP: Maximum burst time in units of 32 usecs, 0 meaning
4776 * @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_CWMIN: Minimum contention window [a value of the form
4777 * 2^n-1 in the range 1..32767]
4778 * @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_CWMAX: Maximum contention window [a value of the form
4779 * 2^n-1 in the range 1..32767]
4780 * @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AIFS: Arbitration interframe space [0..255]
4781 * @__NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: Internal
4782 * @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_MAX: Maximum TXQ attribute number
4784 enum nl80211_txq_attr {
4785 __NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_INVALID,
4786 NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AC,
4787 NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_TXOP,
4788 NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_CWMIN,
4789 NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_CWMAX,
4790 NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AIFS,
4793 __NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
4794 NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
4805 /* backward compat */
4806 #define NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_QUEUE NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AC
4807 #define NL80211_TXQ_Q_VO NL80211_AC_VO
4808 #define NL80211_TXQ_Q_VI NL80211_AC_VI
4809 #define NL80211_TXQ_Q_BE NL80211_AC_BE
4810 #define NL80211_TXQ_Q_BK NL80211_AC_BK
4813 * enum nl80211_channel_type - channel type
4814 * @NL80211_CHAN_NO_HT: 20 MHz, non-HT channel
4815 * @NL80211_CHAN_HT20: 20 MHz HT channel
4816 * @NL80211_CHAN_HT40MINUS: HT40 channel, secondary channel
4817 * below the control channel
4818 * @NL80211_CHAN_HT40PLUS: HT40 channel, secondary channel
4819 * above the control channel
4821 enum nl80211_channel_type {
4824 NL80211_CHAN_HT40MINUS,
4825 NL80211_CHAN_HT40PLUS
4829 * enum nl80211_key_mode - Key mode
4831 * @NL80211_KEY_RX_TX: (Default)
4832 * Key can be used for Rx and Tx immediately
4834 * The following modes can only be selected for unicast keys and when the
4835 * driver supports @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_EXT_KEY_ID:
4837 * @NL80211_KEY_NO_TX: Only allowed in combination with @NL80211_CMD_NEW_KEY:
4838 * Unicast key can only be used for Rx, Tx not allowed, yet
4839 * @NL80211_KEY_SET_TX: Only allowed in combination with @NL80211_CMD_SET_KEY:
4840 * The unicast key identified by idx and mac is cleared for Tx and becomes
4841 * the preferred Tx key for the station.
4843 enum nl80211_key_mode {
4850 * enum nl80211_chan_width - channel width definitions
4852 * These values are used with the %NL80211_ATTR_CHANNEL_WIDTH
4855 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20_NOHT: 20 MHz, non-HT channel
4856 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20: 20 MHz HT channel
4857 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_40: 40 MHz channel, the %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1
4858 * attribute must be provided as well
4859 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_80: 80 MHz channel, the %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1
4860 * attribute must be provided as well
4861 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_80P80: 80+80 MHz channel, the %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1
4862 * and %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ2 attributes must be provided as well
4863 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_160: 160 MHz channel, the %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1
4864 * attribute must be provided as well
4865 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_5: 5 MHz OFDM channel
4866 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_10: 10 MHz OFDM channel
4867 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_1: 1 MHz OFDM channel
4868 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_2: 2 MHz OFDM channel
4869 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_4: 4 MHz OFDM channel
4870 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_8: 8 MHz OFDM channel
4871 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_16: 16 MHz OFDM channel
4872 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_320: 320 MHz channel, the %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1
4873 * attribute must be provided as well
4875 enum nl80211_chan_width {
4876 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20_NOHT,
4877 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20,
4878 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_40,
4879 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_80,
4880 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_80P80,
4881 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_160,
4882 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_5,
4883 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_10,
4884 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_1,
4885 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_2,
4886 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_4,
4887 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_8,
4888 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_16,
4889 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_320,
4893 * enum nl80211_bss_scan_width - control channel width for a BSS
4895 * These values are used with the %NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH attribute.
4897 * @NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_20: control channel is 20 MHz wide or compatible
4898 * @NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_10: control channel is 10 MHz wide
4899 * @NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_5: control channel is 5 MHz wide
4900 * @NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_1: control channel is 1 MHz wide
4901 * @NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_2: control channel is 2 MHz wide
4903 enum nl80211_bss_scan_width {
4904 NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_20,
4905 NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_10,
4906 NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_5,
4907 NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_1,
4908 NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_2,
4912 * enum nl80211_bss - netlink attributes for a BSS
4914 * @__NL80211_BSS_INVALID: invalid
4915 * @NL80211_BSS_BSSID: BSSID of the BSS (6 octets)
4916 * @NL80211_BSS_FREQUENCY: frequency in MHz (u32)
4917 * @NL80211_BSS_TSF: TSF of the received probe response/beacon (u64)
4918 * (if @NL80211_BSS_PRESP_DATA is present then this is known to be
4919 * from a probe response, otherwise it may be from the same beacon
4920 * that the NL80211_BSS_BEACON_TSF will be from)
4921 * @NL80211_BSS_BEACON_INTERVAL: beacon interval of the (I)BSS (u16)
4922 * @NL80211_BSS_CAPABILITY: capability field (CPU order, u16)
4923 * @NL80211_BSS_INFORMATION_ELEMENTS: binary attribute containing the
4924 * raw information elements from the probe response/beacon (bin);
4925 * if the %NL80211_BSS_BEACON_IES attribute is present and the data is
4926 * different then the IEs here are from a Probe Response frame; otherwise
4927 * they are from a Beacon frame.
4928 * However, if the driver does not indicate the source of the IEs, these
4929 * IEs may be from either frame subtype.
4930 * If present, the @NL80211_BSS_PRESP_DATA attribute indicates that the
4931 * data here is known to be from a probe response, without any heuristics.
4932 * @NL80211_BSS_SIGNAL_MBM: signal strength of probe response/beacon
4933 * in mBm (100 * dBm) (s32)
4934 * @NL80211_BSS_SIGNAL_UNSPEC: signal strength of the probe response/beacon
4935 * in unspecified units, scaled to 0..100 (u8)
4936 * @NL80211_BSS_STATUS: status, if this BSS is "used"
4937 * @NL80211_BSS_SEEN_MS_AGO: age of this BSS entry in ms
4938 * @NL80211_BSS_BEACON_IES: binary attribute containing the raw information
4939 * elements from a Beacon frame (bin); not present if no Beacon frame has
4941 * @NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH: channel width of the control channel
4942 * (u32, enum nl80211_bss_scan_width)
4943 * @NL80211_BSS_BEACON_TSF: TSF of the last received beacon (u64)
4944 * (not present if no beacon frame has been received yet)
4945 * @NL80211_BSS_PRESP_DATA: the data in @NL80211_BSS_INFORMATION_ELEMENTS and
4946 * @NL80211_BSS_TSF is known to be from a probe response (flag attribute)
4947 * @NL80211_BSS_LAST_SEEN_BOOTTIME: CLOCK_BOOTTIME timestamp when this entry
4948 * was last updated by a received frame. The value is expected to be
4949 * accurate to about 10ms. (u64, nanoseconds)
4950 * @NL80211_BSS_PAD: attribute used for padding for 64-bit alignment
4951 * @NL80211_BSS_PARENT_TSF: the time at the start of reception of the first
4952 * octet of the timestamp field of the last beacon/probe received for
4953 * this BSS. The time is the TSF of the BSS specified by
4954 * @NL80211_BSS_PARENT_BSSID. (u64).
4955 * @NL80211_BSS_PARENT_BSSID: the BSS according to which @NL80211_BSS_PARENT_TSF
4957 * @NL80211_BSS_CHAIN_SIGNAL: per-chain signal strength of last BSS update.
4958 * Contains a nested array of signal strength attributes (u8, dBm),
4959 * using the nesting index as the antenna number.
4960 * @NL80211_BSS_FREQUENCY_OFFSET: frequency offset in KHz
4961 * @NL80211_BSS_MLO_LINK_ID: MLO link ID of the BSS (u8).
4962 * @NL80211_BSS_MLD_ADDR: MLD address of this BSS if connected to it.
4963 * @__NL80211_BSS_AFTER_LAST: internal
4964 * @NL80211_BSS_MAX: highest BSS attribute
4967 __NL80211_BSS_INVALID,
4969 NL80211_BSS_FREQUENCY,
4971 NL80211_BSS_BEACON_INTERVAL,
4972 NL80211_BSS_CAPABILITY,
4973 NL80211_BSS_INFORMATION_ELEMENTS,
4974 NL80211_BSS_SIGNAL_MBM,
4975 NL80211_BSS_SIGNAL_UNSPEC,
4977 NL80211_BSS_SEEN_MS_AGO,
4978 NL80211_BSS_BEACON_IES,
4979 NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH,
4980 NL80211_BSS_BEACON_TSF,
4981 NL80211_BSS_PRESP_DATA,
4982 NL80211_BSS_LAST_SEEN_BOOTTIME,
4984 NL80211_BSS_PARENT_TSF,
4985 NL80211_BSS_PARENT_BSSID,
4986 NL80211_BSS_CHAIN_SIGNAL,
4987 NL80211_BSS_FREQUENCY_OFFSET,
4988 NL80211_BSS_MLO_LINK_ID,
4989 NL80211_BSS_MLD_ADDR,
4992 __NL80211_BSS_AFTER_LAST,
4993 NL80211_BSS_MAX = __NL80211_BSS_AFTER_LAST - 1
4997 * enum nl80211_bss_status - BSS "status"
4998 * @NL80211_BSS_STATUS_AUTHENTICATED: Authenticated with this BSS.
4999 * Note that this is no longer used since cfg80211 no longer
5000 * keeps track of whether or not authentication was done with
5002 * @NL80211_BSS_STATUS_ASSOCIATED: Associated with this BSS.
5003 * @NL80211_BSS_STATUS_IBSS_JOINED: Joined to this IBSS.
5005 * The BSS status is a BSS attribute in scan dumps, which
5006 * indicates the status the interface has wrt. this BSS.
5008 enum nl80211_bss_status {
5009 NL80211_BSS_STATUS_AUTHENTICATED,
5010 NL80211_BSS_STATUS_ASSOCIATED,
5011 NL80211_BSS_STATUS_IBSS_JOINED,
5015 * enum nl80211_auth_type - AuthenticationType
5017 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_OPEN_SYSTEM: Open System authentication
5018 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_SHARED_KEY: Shared Key authentication (WEP only)
5019 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FT: Fast BSS Transition (IEEE 802.11r)
5020 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_NETWORK_EAP: Network EAP (some Cisco APs and mainly LEAP)
5021 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_SAE: Simultaneous authentication of equals
5022 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FILS_SK: Fast Initial Link Setup shared key
5023 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FILS_SK_PFS: Fast Initial Link Setup shared key with PFS
5024 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FILS_PK: Fast Initial Link Setup public key
5025 * @__NL80211_AUTHTYPE_NUM: internal
5026 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_MAX: maximum valid auth algorithm
5027 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_AUTOMATIC: determine automatically (if necessary by
5028 * trying multiple times); this is invalid in netlink -- leave out
5029 * the attribute for this on CONNECT commands.
5031 enum nl80211_auth_type {
5032 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_OPEN_SYSTEM,
5033 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_SHARED_KEY,
5034 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FT,
5035 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_NETWORK_EAP,
5036 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_SAE,
5037 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FILS_SK,
5038 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FILS_SK_PFS,
5039 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FILS_PK,
5042 __NL80211_AUTHTYPE_NUM,
5043 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_MAX = __NL80211_AUTHTYPE_NUM - 1,
5044 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_AUTOMATIC
5048 * enum nl80211_key_type - Key Type
5049 * @NL80211_KEYTYPE_GROUP: Group (broadcast/multicast) key
5050 * @NL80211_KEYTYPE_PAIRWISE: Pairwise (unicast/individual) key
5051 * @NL80211_KEYTYPE_PEERKEY: PeerKey (DLS)
5052 * @NUM_NL80211_KEYTYPES: number of defined key types
5054 enum nl80211_key_type {
5055 NL80211_KEYTYPE_GROUP,
5056 NL80211_KEYTYPE_PAIRWISE,
5057 NL80211_KEYTYPE_PEERKEY,
5059 NUM_NL80211_KEYTYPES
5063 * enum nl80211_mfp - Management frame protection state
5064 * @NL80211_MFP_NO: Management frame protection not used
5065 * @NL80211_MFP_REQUIRED: Management frame protection required
5066 * @NL80211_MFP_OPTIONAL: Management frame protection is optional
5070 NL80211_MFP_REQUIRED,
5071 NL80211_MFP_OPTIONAL,
5074 enum nl80211_wpa_versions {
5075 NL80211_WPA_VERSION_1 = 1 << 0,
5076 NL80211_WPA_VERSION_2 = 1 << 1,
5077 NL80211_WPA_VERSION_3 = 1 << 2,
5081 * enum nl80211_key_default_types - key default types
5082 * @__NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_INVALID: invalid
5083 * @NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_UNICAST: key should be used as default
5085 * @NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_MULTICAST: key should be used as default
5087 * @NUM_NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES: number of default types
5089 enum nl80211_key_default_types {
5090 __NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_INVALID,
5091 NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_UNICAST,
5092 NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_MULTICAST,
5094 NUM_NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES
5098 * enum nl80211_key_attributes - key attributes
5099 * @__NL80211_KEY_INVALID: invalid
5100 * @NL80211_KEY_DATA: (temporal) key data; for TKIP this consists of
5101 * 16 bytes encryption key followed by 8 bytes each for TX and RX MIC
5103 * @NL80211_KEY_IDX: key ID (u8, 0-3)
5104 * @NL80211_KEY_CIPHER: key cipher suite (u32, as defined by IEEE 802.11
5105 * section 7.3.2.25.1, e.g. 0x000FAC04)
5106 * @NL80211_KEY_SEQ: transmit key sequence number (IV/PN) for TKIP and
5107 * CCMP keys, each six bytes in little endian
5108 * @NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT: flag indicating default key
5109 * @NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_MGMT: flag indicating default management key
5110 * @NL80211_KEY_TYPE: the key type from enum nl80211_key_type, if not
5111 * specified the default depends on whether a MAC address was
5112 * given with the command using the key or not (u32)
5113 * @NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES: A nested attribute containing flags
5114 * attributes, specifying what a key should be set as default as.
5115 * See &enum nl80211_key_default_types.
5116 * @NL80211_KEY_MODE: the mode from enum nl80211_key_mode.
5117 * Defaults to @NL80211_KEY_RX_TX.
5118 * @NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_BEACON: flag indicating default Beacon frame key
5120 * @__NL80211_KEY_AFTER_LAST: internal
5121 * @NL80211_KEY_MAX: highest key attribute
5123 enum nl80211_key_attributes {
5124 __NL80211_KEY_INVALID,
5129 NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT,
5130 NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_MGMT,
5132 NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES,
5134 NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_BEACON,
5137 __NL80211_KEY_AFTER_LAST,
5138 NL80211_KEY_MAX = __NL80211_KEY_AFTER_LAST - 1
5142 * enum nl80211_tx_rate_attributes - TX rate set attributes
5143 * @__NL80211_TXRATE_INVALID: invalid
5144 * @NL80211_TXRATE_LEGACY: Legacy (non-MCS) rates allowed for TX rate selection
5145 * in an array of rates as defined in IEEE 802.11 7.3.2.2 (u8 values with
5146 * 1 = 500 kbps) but without the IE length restriction (at most
5147 * %NL80211_MAX_SUPP_RATES in a single array).
5148 * @NL80211_TXRATE_HT: HT (MCS) rates allowed for TX rate selection
5149 * in an array of MCS numbers.
5150 * @NL80211_TXRATE_VHT: VHT rates allowed for TX rate selection,
5151 * see &struct nl80211_txrate_vht
5152 * @NL80211_TXRATE_GI: configure GI, see &enum nl80211_txrate_gi
5153 * @NL80211_TXRATE_HE: HE rates allowed for TX rate selection,
5154 * see &struct nl80211_txrate_he
5155 * @NL80211_TXRATE_HE_GI: configure HE GI, 0.8us, 1.6us and 3.2us.
5156 * @NL80211_TXRATE_HE_LTF: configure HE LTF, 1XLTF, 2XLTF and 4XLTF.
5157 * @__NL80211_TXRATE_AFTER_LAST: internal
5158 * @NL80211_TXRATE_MAX: highest TX rate attribute
5160 enum nl80211_tx_rate_attributes {
5161 __NL80211_TXRATE_INVALID,
5162 NL80211_TXRATE_LEGACY,
5167 NL80211_TXRATE_HE_GI,
5168 NL80211_TXRATE_HE_LTF,
5171 __NL80211_TXRATE_AFTER_LAST,
5172 NL80211_TXRATE_MAX = __NL80211_TXRATE_AFTER_LAST - 1
5175 #define NL80211_TXRATE_MCS NL80211_TXRATE_HT
5176 #define NL80211_VHT_NSS_MAX 8
5179 * struct nl80211_txrate_vht - VHT MCS/NSS txrate bitmap
5180 * @mcs: MCS bitmap table for each NSS (array index 0 for 1 stream, etc.)
5182 struct nl80211_txrate_vht {
5183 __u16 mcs[NL80211_VHT_NSS_MAX];
5186 #define NL80211_HE_NSS_MAX 8
5188 * struct nl80211_txrate_he - HE MCS/NSS txrate bitmap
5189 * @mcs: MCS bitmap table for each NSS (array index 0 for 1 stream, etc.)
5191 struct nl80211_txrate_he {
5192 __u16 mcs[NL80211_HE_NSS_MAX];
5195 enum nl80211_txrate_gi {
5196 NL80211_TXRATE_DEFAULT_GI,
5197 NL80211_TXRATE_FORCE_SGI,
5198 NL80211_TXRATE_FORCE_LGI,
5202 * enum nl80211_band - Frequency band
5203 * @NL80211_BAND_2GHZ: 2.4 GHz ISM band
5204 * @NL80211_BAND_5GHZ: around 5 GHz band (4.9 - 5.7 GHz)
5205 * @NL80211_BAND_60GHZ: around 60 GHz band (58.32 - 69.12 GHz)
5206 * @NL80211_BAND_6GHZ: around 6 GHz band (5.9 - 7.2 GHz)
5207 * @NL80211_BAND_S1GHZ: around 900MHz, supported by S1G PHYs
5208 * @NL80211_BAND_LC: light communication band (placeholder)
5209 * @NUM_NL80211_BANDS: number of bands, avoid using this in userspace
5210 * since newer kernel versions may support more bands
5224 * enum nl80211_ps_state - powersave state
5225 * @NL80211_PS_DISABLED: powersave is disabled
5226 * @NL80211_PS_ENABLED: powersave is enabled
5228 enum nl80211_ps_state {
5229 NL80211_PS_DISABLED,
5234 * enum nl80211_attr_cqm - connection quality monitor attributes
5235 * @__NL80211_ATTR_CQM_INVALID: invalid
5236 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_THOLD: RSSI threshold in dBm. This value specifies
5237 * the threshold for the RSSI level at which an event will be sent. Zero
5238 * to disable. Alternatively, if %NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CQM_RSSI_LIST is
5239 * set, multiple values can be supplied as a low-to-high sorted array of
5240 * threshold values in dBm. Events will be sent when the RSSI value
5241 * crosses any of the thresholds.
5242 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_HYST: RSSI hysteresis in dBm. This value specifies
5243 * the minimum amount the RSSI level must change after an event before a
5244 * new event may be issued (to reduce effects of RSSI oscillation).
5245 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT: RSSI threshold event
5246 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_PKT_LOSS_EVENT: a u32 value indicating that this many
5247 * consecutive packets were not acknowledged by the peer
5248 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_RATE: TX error rate in %. Minimum % of TX failures
5249 * during the given %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_INTVL before an
5250 * %NL80211_CMD_NOTIFY_CQM with reported %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_RATE and
5251 * %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_PKTS is generated.
5252 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_PKTS: number of attempted packets in a given
5253 * %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_INTVL before %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_RATE is
5255 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_INTVL: interval in seconds. Specifies the periodic
5256 * interval in which %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_PKTS and
5257 * %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_RATE must be satisfied before generating an
5258 * %NL80211_CMD_NOTIFY_CQM. Set to 0 to turn off TX error reporting.
5259 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_BEACON_LOSS_EVENT: flag attribute that's set in a beacon
5261 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_LEVEL: the RSSI value in dBm that triggered the
5262 * RSSI threshold event.
5263 * @__NL80211_ATTR_CQM_AFTER_LAST: internal
5264 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_MAX: highest key attribute
5266 enum nl80211_attr_cqm {
5267 __NL80211_ATTR_CQM_INVALID,
5268 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_THOLD,
5269 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_HYST,
5270 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT,
5271 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_PKT_LOSS_EVENT,
5272 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_RATE,
5273 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_PKTS,
5274 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_INTVL,
5275 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_BEACON_LOSS_EVENT,
5276 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_LEVEL,
5279 __NL80211_ATTR_CQM_AFTER_LAST,
5280 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_MAX = __NL80211_ATTR_CQM_AFTER_LAST - 1
5284 * enum nl80211_cqm_rssi_threshold_event - RSSI threshold event
5285 * @NL80211_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT_LOW: The RSSI level is lower than the
5286 * configured threshold
5287 * @NL80211_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT_HIGH: The RSSI is higher than the
5288 * configured threshold
5289 * @NL80211_CQM_RSSI_BEACON_LOSS_EVENT: (reserved, never sent)
5291 enum nl80211_cqm_rssi_threshold_event {
5292 NL80211_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT_LOW,
5293 NL80211_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT_HIGH,
5294 NL80211_CQM_RSSI_BEACON_LOSS_EVENT,
5299 * enum nl80211_tx_power_setting - TX power adjustment
5300 * @NL80211_TX_POWER_AUTOMATIC: automatically determine transmit power
5301 * @NL80211_TX_POWER_LIMITED: limit TX power by the mBm parameter
5302 * @NL80211_TX_POWER_FIXED: fix TX power to the mBm parameter
5304 enum nl80211_tx_power_setting {
5305 NL80211_TX_POWER_AUTOMATIC,
5306 NL80211_TX_POWER_LIMITED,
5307 NL80211_TX_POWER_FIXED,
5311 * enum nl80211_tid_config - TID config state
5312 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ENABLE: Enable config for the TID
5313 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_DISABLE: Disable config for the TID
5315 enum nl80211_tid_config {
5316 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ENABLE,
5317 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_DISABLE,
5320 /* enum nl80211_tx_rate_setting - TX rate configuration type
5321 * @NL80211_TX_RATE_AUTOMATIC: automatically determine TX rate
5322 * @NL80211_TX_RATE_LIMITED: limit the TX rate by the TX rate parameter
5323 * @NL80211_TX_RATE_FIXED: fix TX rate to the TX rate parameter
5325 enum nl80211_tx_rate_setting {
5326 NL80211_TX_RATE_AUTOMATIC,
5327 NL80211_TX_RATE_LIMITED,
5328 NL80211_TX_RATE_FIXED,
5331 /* enum nl80211_tid_config_attr - TID specific configuration.
5332 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_PAD: pad attribute for 64-bit values
5333 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_VIF_SUPP: a bitmap (u64) of attributes supported
5334 * for per-vif configuration; doesn't list the ones that are generic
5335 * (%NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TIDS, %NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_OVERRIDE).
5336 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_PEER_SUPP: same as the previous per-vif one, but
5338 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_OVERRIDE: flag attribue, if set indicates
5339 * that the new configuration overrides all previous peer
5340 * configurations, otherwise previous peer specific configurations
5341 * should be left untouched.
5342 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TIDS: a bitmask value of TIDs (bit 0 to 7)
5344 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_NOACK: Configure ack policy for the TID.
5345 * specified in %NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TID. see %enum nl80211_tid_config.
5347 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_RETRY_SHORT: Number of retries used with data frame
5348 * transmission, user-space sets this configuration in
5349 * &NL80211_CMD_SET_TID_CONFIG. It is u8 type, min value is 1 and
5350 * the max value is advertised by the driver in this attribute on
5351 * output in wiphy capabilities.
5352 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_RETRY_LONG: Number of retries used with data frame
5353 * transmission, user-space sets this configuration in
5354 * &NL80211_CMD_SET_TID_CONFIG. Its type is u8, min value is 1 and
5355 * the max value is advertised by the driver in this attribute on
5356 * output in wiphy capabilities.
5357 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_AMPDU_CTRL: Enable/Disable MPDU aggregation
5358 * for the TIDs specified in %NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TIDS.
5359 * Its type is u8, using the values from &nl80211_tid_config.
5360 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_RTSCTS_CTRL: Enable/Disable RTS_CTS for the TIDs
5361 * specified in %NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TIDS. It is u8 type, using
5362 * the values from &nl80211_tid_config.
5363 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_AMSDU_CTRL: Enable/Disable MSDU aggregation
5364 * for the TIDs specified in %NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TIDS.
5365 * Its type is u8, using the values from &nl80211_tid_config.
5366 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TX_RATE_TYPE: This attribute will be useful
5367 * to notfiy the driver that what type of txrate should be used
5368 * for the TIDs specified in %NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TIDS. using
5369 * the values form &nl80211_tx_rate_setting.
5370 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TX_RATE: Data frame TX rate mask should be applied
5371 * with the parameters passed through %NL80211_ATTR_TX_RATES.
5372 * configuration is applied to the data frame for the tid to that connected
5375 enum nl80211_tid_config_attr {
5376 __NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_INVALID,
5377 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_PAD,
5378 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_VIF_SUPP,
5379 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_PEER_SUPP,
5380 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_OVERRIDE,
5381 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TIDS,
5382 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_NOACK,
5383 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_RETRY_SHORT,
5384 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_RETRY_LONG,
5385 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_AMPDU_CTRL,
5386 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_RTSCTS_CTRL,
5387 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_AMSDU_CTRL,
5388 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TX_RATE_TYPE,
5389 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TX_RATE,
5392 __NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
5393 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
5397 * enum nl80211_packet_pattern_attr - packet pattern attribute
5398 * @__NL80211_PKTPAT_INVALID: invalid number for nested attribute
5399 * @NL80211_PKTPAT_PATTERN: the pattern, values where the mask has
5400 * a zero bit are ignored
5401 * @NL80211_PKTPAT_MASK: pattern mask, must be long enough to have
5402 * a bit for each byte in the pattern. The lowest-order bit corresponds
5403 * to the first byte of the pattern, but the bytes of the pattern are
5404 * in a little-endian-like format, i.e. the 9th byte of the pattern
5405 * corresponds to the lowest-order bit in the second byte of the mask.
5406 * For example: The match 00:xx:00:00:xx:00:00:00:00:xx:xx:xx (where
5407 * xx indicates "don't care") would be represented by a pattern of
5408 * twelve zero bytes, and a mask of "0xed,0x01".
5409 * Note that the pattern matching is done as though frames were not
5410 * 802.11 frames but 802.3 frames, i.e. the frame is fully unpacked
5411 * first (including SNAP header unpacking) and then matched.
5412 * @NL80211_PKTPAT_OFFSET: packet offset, pattern is matched after
5413 * these fixed number of bytes of received packet
5414 * @NUM_NL80211_PKTPAT: number of attributes
5415 * @MAX_NL80211_PKTPAT: max attribute number
5417 enum nl80211_packet_pattern_attr {
5418 __NL80211_PKTPAT_INVALID,
5419 NL80211_PKTPAT_MASK,
5420 NL80211_PKTPAT_PATTERN,
5421 NL80211_PKTPAT_OFFSET,
5424 MAX_NL80211_PKTPAT = NUM_NL80211_PKTPAT - 1,
5428 * struct nl80211_pattern_support - packet pattern support information
5429 * @max_patterns: maximum number of patterns supported
5430 * @min_pattern_len: minimum length of each pattern
5431 * @max_pattern_len: maximum length of each pattern
5432 * @max_pkt_offset: maximum Rx packet offset
5434 * This struct is carried in %NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_PKT_PATTERN when
5435 * that is part of %NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS_SUPPORTED or in
5436 * %NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_PKT_PATTERN when that is part of
5437 * %NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE in the capability information given
5438 * by the kernel to userspace.
5440 struct nl80211_pattern_support {
5442 __u32 min_pattern_len;
5443 __u32 max_pattern_len;
5444 __u32 max_pkt_offset;
5445 } __attribute__((packed));
5447 /* only for backward compatibility */
5448 #define __NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT_INVALID __NL80211_PKTPAT_INVALID
5449 #define NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT_MASK NL80211_PKTPAT_MASK
5450 #define NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT_PATTERN NL80211_PKTPAT_PATTERN
5451 #define NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT_OFFSET NL80211_PKTPAT_OFFSET
5452 #define NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT NUM_NL80211_PKTPAT
5453 #define MAX_NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT MAX_NL80211_PKTPAT
5454 #define nl80211_wowlan_pattern_support nl80211_pattern_support
5457 * enum nl80211_wowlan_triggers - WoWLAN trigger definitions
5458 * @__NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_INVALID: invalid number for nested attributes
5459 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_ANY: wake up on any activity, do not really put
5460 * the chip into a special state -- works best with chips that have
5461 * support for low-power operation already (flag)
5462 * Note that this mode is incompatible with all of the others, if
5463 * any others are even supported by the device.
5464 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_DISCONNECT: wake up on disconnect, the way disconnect
5465 * is detected is implementation-specific (flag)
5466 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_MAGIC_PKT: wake up on magic packet (6x 0xff, followed
5467 * by 16 repetitions of MAC addr, anywhere in payload) (flag)
5468 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_PKT_PATTERN: wake up on the specified packet patterns
5469 * which are passed in an array of nested attributes, each nested attribute
5470 * defining a with attributes from &struct nl80211_wowlan_trig_pkt_pattern.
5471 * Each pattern defines a wakeup packet. Packet offset is associated with
5472 * each pattern which is used while matching the pattern. The matching is
5473 * done on the MSDU, i.e. as though the packet was an 802.3 packet, so the
5474 * pattern matching is done after the packet is converted to the MSDU.
5476 * In %NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS_SUPPORTED, it is a binary attribute
5477 * carrying a &struct nl80211_pattern_support.
5479 * When reporting wakeup. it is a u32 attribute containing the 0-based
5480 * index of the pattern that caused the wakeup, in the patterns passed
5481 * to the kernel when configuring.
5482 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_GTK_REKEY_SUPPORTED: Not a real trigger, and cannot be
5483 * used when setting, used only to indicate that GTK rekeying is supported
5484 * by the device (flag)
5485 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_GTK_REKEY_FAILURE: wake up on GTK rekey failure (if
5486 * done by the device) (flag)
5487 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_EAP_IDENT_REQUEST: wake up on EAP Identity Request
5489 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_4WAY_HANDSHAKE: wake up on 4-way handshake (flag)
5490 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_RFKILL_RELEASE: wake up when rfkill is released
5491 * (on devices that have rfkill in the device) (flag)
5492 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211: For wakeup reporting only, contains
5493 * the 802.11 packet that caused the wakeup, e.g. a deauth frame. The frame
5494 * may be truncated, the @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211_LEN
5495 * attribute contains the original length.
5496 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211_LEN: Original length of the 802.11
5497 * packet, may be bigger than the @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211
5498 * attribute if the packet was truncated somewhere.
5499 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023: For wakeup reporting only, contains the
5500 * 802.11 packet that caused the wakeup, e.g. a magic packet. The frame may
5501 * be truncated, the @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023_LEN attribute
5502 * contains the original length.
5503 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023_LEN: Original length of the 802.3
5504 * packet, may be bigger than the @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023
5505 * attribute if the packet was truncated somewhere.
5506 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_TCP_CONNECTION: TCP connection wake, see DOC section
5507 * "TCP connection wakeup" for more details. This is a nested attribute
5508 * containing the exact information for establishing and keeping alive
5509 * the TCP connection.
5510 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_TCP_WAKEUP_MATCH: For wakeup reporting only, the
5511 * wakeup packet was received on the TCP connection
5512 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_TCP_CONNLOST: For wakeup reporting only, the
5513 * TCP connection was lost or failed to be established
5514 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_TCP_NOMORETOKENS: For wakeup reporting only,
5515 * the TCP connection ran out of tokens to use for data to send to the
5517 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_NET_DETECT: wake up when a configured network
5518 * is detected. This is a nested attribute that contains the
5519 * same attributes used with @NL80211_CMD_START_SCHED_SCAN. It
5520 * specifies how the scan is performed (e.g. the interval, the
5521 * channels to scan and the initial delay) as well as the scan
5522 * results that will trigger a wake (i.e. the matchsets). This
5523 * attribute is also sent in a response to
5524 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY, indicating the number of match sets
5525 * supported by the driver (u32).
5526 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_NET_DETECT_RESULTS: nested attribute
5527 * containing an array with information about what triggered the
5528 * wake up. If no elements are present in the array, it means
5529 * that the information is not available. If more than one
5530 * element is present, it means that more than one match
5532 * Each element in the array is a nested attribute that contains
5533 * one optional %NL80211_ATTR_SSID attribute and one optional
5534 * %NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQUENCIES attribute. At least one of
5535 * these attributes must be present. If
5536 * %NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQUENCIES contains more than one
5537 * frequency, it means that the match occurred in more than one
5539 * @NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG: number of wake on wireless triggers
5540 * @MAX_NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG: highest wowlan trigger attribute number
5542 * These nested attributes are used to configure the wakeup triggers and
5543 * to report the wakeup reason(s).
5545 enum nl80211_wowlan_triggers {
5546 __NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_INVALID,
5547 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_ANY,
5548 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_DISCONNECT,
5549 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_MAGIC_PKT,
5550 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_PKT_PATTERN,
5551 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_GTK_REKEY_SUPPORTED,
5552 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_GTK_REKEY_FAILURE,
5553 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_EAP_IDENT_REQUEST,
5554 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_4WAY_HANDSHAKE,
5555 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_RFKILL_RELEASE,
5556 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211,
5557 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211_LEN,
5558 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023,
5559 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023_LEN,
5560 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_TCP_CONNECTION,
5561 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_TCP_MATCH,
5562 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_TCP_CONNLOST,
5563 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_TCP_NOMORETOKENS,
5564 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_NET_DETECT,
5565 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_NET_DETECT_RESULTS,
5568 NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG,
5569 MAX_NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG = NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG - 1
5573 * DOC: TCP connection wakeup
5575 * Some devices can establish a TCP connection in order to be woken up by a
5576 * packet coming in from outside their network segment, or behind NAT. If
5577 * configured, the device will establish a TCP connection to the given
5578 * service, and periodically send data to that service. The first data
5579 * packet is usually transmitted after SYN/ACK, also ACKing the SYN/ACK.
5580 * The data packets can optionally include a (little endian) sequence
5581 * number (in the TCP payload!) that is generated by the device, and, also
5582 * optionally, a token from a list of tokens. This serves as a keep-alive
5583 * with the service, and for NATed connections, etc.
5585 * During this keep-alive period, the server doesn't send any data to the
5586 * client. When receiving data, it is compared against the wakeup pattern
5587 * (and mask) and if it matches, the host is woken up. Similarly, if the
5588 * connection breaks or cannot be established to start with, the host is
5591 * Developer's note: ARP offload is required for this, otherwise TCP
5592 * response packets might not go through correctly.
5596 * struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_seq - WoWLAN TCP data sequence
5597 * @start: starting value
5598 * @offset: offset of sequence number in packet
5599 * @len: length of the sequence value to write, 1 through 4
5601 * Note: don't confuse with the TCP sequence number(s), this is for the
5602 * keepalive packet payload. The actual value is written into the packet
5605 struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_seq {
5606 __u32 start, offset, len;
5610 * struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token - WoWLAN TCP data token config
5611 * @offset: offset of token in packet
5612 * @len: length of each token
5613 * @token_stream: stream of data to be used for the tokens, the length must
5614 * be a multiple of @len for this to make sense
5616 struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token {
5618 __u8 token_stream[];
5622 * struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token_feature - data token features
5623 * @min_len: minimum token length
5624 * @max_len: maximum token length
5625 * @bufsize: total available token buffer size (max size of @token_stream)
5627 struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token_feature {
5628 __u32 min_len, max_len, bufsize;
5632 * enum nl80211_wowlan_tcp_attrs - WoWLAN TCP connection parameters
5633 * @__NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_INVALID: invalid number for nested attributes
5634 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_SRC_IPV4: source IPv4 address (in network byte order)
5635 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_IPV4: destination IPv4 address
5636 * (in network byte order)
5637 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_MAC: destination MAC address, this is given because
5638 * route lookup when configured might be invalid by the time we suspend,
5639 * and doing a route lookup when suspending is no longer possible as it
5640 * might require ARP querying.
5641 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_SRC_PORT: source port (u16); optional, if not given a
5642 * socket and port will be allocated
5643 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_PORT: destination port (u16)
5644 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD: data packet payload, at least one byte.
5645 * For feature advertising, a u32 attribute holding the maximum length
5646 * of the data payload.
5647 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD_SEQ: data packet sequence configuration
5648 * (if desired), a &struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_seq. For feature
5649 * advertising it is just a flag
5650 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD_TOKEN: data packet token configuration,
5651 * see &struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token and for advertising see
5652 * &struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token_feature.
5653 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_INTERVAL: data interval in seconds, maximum
5654 * interval in feature advertising (u32)
5655 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_WAKE_PAYLOAD: wake packet payload, for advertising a
5656 * u32 attribute holding the maximum length
5657 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_WAKE_MASK: Wake packet payload mask, not used for
5658 * feature advertising. The mask works like @NL80211_PKTPAT_MASK
5659 * but on the TCP payload only.
5660 * @NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP: number of TCP attributes
5661 * @MAX_NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP: highest attribute number
5663 enum nl80211_wowlan_tcp_attrs {
5664 __NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_INVALID,
5665 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_SRC_IPV4,
5666 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_IPV4,
5667 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_MAC,
5668 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_SRC_PORT,
5669 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_PORT,
5670 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD,
5671 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD_SEQ,
5672 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD_TOKEN,
5673 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_INTERVAL,
5674 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_WAKE_PAYLOAD,
5675 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_WAKE_MASK,
5678 NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP,
5679 MAX_NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP = NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP - 1
5683 * struct nl80211_coalesce_rule_support - coalesce rule support information
5684 * @max_rules: maximum number of rules supported
5685 * @pat: packet pattern support information
5686 * @max_delay: maximum supported coalescing delay in msecs
5688 * This struct is carried in %NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE in the
5689 * capability information given by the kernel to userspace.
5691 struct nl80211_coalesce_rule_support {
5693 struct nl80211_pattern_support pat;
5695 } __attribute__((packed));
5698 * enum nl80211_attr_coalesce_rule - coalesce rule attribute
5699 * @__NL80211_COALESCE_RULE_INVALID: invalid number for nested attribute
5700 * @NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_DELAY: delay in msecs used for packet coalescing
5701 * @NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_CONDITION: condition for packet coalescence,
5702 * see &enum nl80211_coalesce_condition.
5703 * @NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_PKT_PATTERN: packet offset, pattern is matched
5704 * after these fixed number of bytes of received packet
5705 * @NUM_NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE: number of attributes
5706 * @NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_MAX: max attribute number
5708 enum nl80211_attr_coalesce_rule {
5709 __NL80211_COALESCE_RULE_INVALID,
5710 NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_DELAY,
5711 NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_CONDITION,
5712 NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_PKT_PATTERN,
5715 NUM_NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE,
5716 NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_MAX = NUM_NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE - 1
5720 * enum nl80211_coalesce_condition - coalesce rule conditions
5721 * @NL80211_COALESCE_CONDITION_MATCH: coalaesce Rx packets when patterns
5722 * in a rule are matched.
5723 * @NL80211_COALESCE_CONDITION_NO_MATCH: coalesce Rx packets when patterns
5724 * in a rule are not matched.
5726 enum nl80211_coalesce_condition {
5727 NL80211_COALESCE_CONDITION_MATCH,
5728 NL80211_COALESCE_CONDITION_NO_MATCH
5732 * enum nl80211_iface_limit_attrs - limit attributes
5733 * @NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_UNSPEC: (reserved)
5734 * @NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_MAX: maximum number of interfaces that
5735 * can be chosen from this set of interface types (u32)
5736 * @NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_TYPES: nested attribute containing a
5737 * flag attribute for each interface type in this set
5738 * @NUM_NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT: number of attributes
5739 * @MAX_NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT: highest attribute number
5741 enum nl80211_iface_limit_attrs {
5742 NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_UNSPEC,
5743 NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_MAX,
5744 NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_TYPES,
5747 NUM_NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT,
5748 MAX_NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT = NUM_NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT - 1
5752 * enum nl80211_if_combination_attrs -- interface combination attributes
5754 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_UNSPEC: (reserved)
5755 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_LIMITS: Nested attributes containing the limits
5756 * for given interface types, see &enum nl80211_iface_limit_attrs.
5757 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_MAXNUM: u32 attribute giving the total number of
5758 * interfaces that can be created in this group. This number doesn't
5759 * apply to interfaces purely managed in software, which are listed
5760 * in a separate attribute %NL80211_ATTR_INTERFACES_SOFTWARE.
5761 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_STA_AP_BI_MATCH: flag attribute specifying that
5762 * beacon intervals within this group must be all the same even for
5763 * infrastructure and AP/GO combinations, i.e. the GO(s) must adopt
5764 * the infrastructure network's beacon interval.
5765 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_NUM_CHANNELS: u32 attribute specifying how many
5766 * different channels may be used within this group.
5767 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_RADAR_DETECT_WIDTHS: u32 attribute containing the bitmap
5768 * of supported channel widths for radar detection.
5769 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_RADAR_DETECT_REGIONS: u32 attribute containing the bitmap
5770 * of supported regulatory regions for radar detection.
5771 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_BI_MIN_GCD: u32 attribute specifying the minimum GCD of
5772 * different beacon intervals supported by all the interface combinations
5773 * in this group (if not present, all beacon intervals be identical).
5774 * @NUM_NL80211_IFACE_COMB: number of attributes
5775 * @MAX_NL80211_IFACE_COMB: highest attribute number
5778 * limits = [ #{STA} <= 1, #{AP} <= 1 ], matching BI, channels = 1, max = 2
5779 * => allows an AP and a STA that must match BIs
5781 * numbers = [ #{AP, P2P-GO} <= 8 ], BI min gcd, channels = 1, max = 8,
5782 * => allows 8 of AP/GO that can have BI gcd >= min gcd
5784 * numbers = [ #{STA} <= 2 ], channels = 2, max = 2
5785 * => allows two STAs on the same or on different channels
5787 * numbers = [ #{STA} <= 1, #{P2P-client,P2P-GO} <= 3 ], max = 4
5788 * => allows a STA plus three P2P interfaces
5790 * The list of these four possibilities could completely be contained
5791 * within the %NL80211_ATTR_INTERFACE_COMBINATIONS attribute to indicate
5792 * that any of these groups must match.
5794 * "Combinations" of just a single interface will not be listed here,
5795 * a single interface of any valid interface type is assumed to always
5796 * be possible by itself. This means that implicitly, for each valid
5797 * interface type, the following group always exists:
5798 * numbers = [ #{<type>} <= 1 ], channels = 1, max = 1
5800 enum nl80211_if_combination_attrs {
5801 NL80211_IFACE_COMB_UNSPEC,
5802 NL80211_IFACE_COMB_LIMITS,
5803 NL80211_IFACE_COMB_MAXNUM,
5804 NL80211_IFACE_COMB_STA_AP_BI_MATCH,
5805 NL80211_IFACE_COMB_NUM_CHANNELS,
5806 NL80211_IFACE_COMB_RADAR_DETECT_WIDTHS,
5807 NL80211_IFACE_COMB_RADAR_DETECT_REGIONS,
5808 NL80211_IFACE_COMB_BI_MIN_GCD,
5811 NUM_NL80211_IFACE_COMB,
5812 MAX_NL80211_IFACE_COMB = NUM_NL80211_IFACE_COMB - 1
5817 * enum nl80211_plink_state - state of a mesh peer link finite state machine
5819 * @NL80211_PLINK_LISTEN: initial state, considered the implicit
5820 * state of non existent mesh peer links
5821 * @NL80211_PLINK_OPN_SNT: mesh plink open frame has been sent to
5823 * @NL80211_PLINK_OPN_RCVD: mesh plink open frame has been received
5824 * from this mesh peer
5825 * @NL80211_PLINK_CNF_RCVD: mesh plink confirm frame has been
5826 * received from this mesh peer
5827 * @NL80211_PLINK_ESTAB: mesh peer link is established
5828 * @NL80211_PLINK_HOLDING: mesh peer link is being closed or cancelled
5829 * @NL80211_PLINK_BLOCKED: all frames transmitted from this mesh
5830 * plink are discarded, except for authentication frames
5831 * @NUM_NL80211_PLINK_STATES: number of peer link states
5832 * @MAX_NL80211_PLINK_STATES: highest numerical value of plink states
5834 enum nl80211_plink_state {
5835 NL80211_PLINK_LISTEN,
5836 NL80211_PLINK_OPN_SNT,
5837 NL80211_PLINK_OPN_RCVD,
5838 NL80211_PLINK_CNF_RCVD,
5839 NL80211_PLINK_ESTAB,
5840 NL80211_PLINK_HOLDING,
5841 NL80211_PLINK_BLOCKED,
5844 NUM_NL80211_PLINK_STATES,
5845 MAX_NL80211_PLINK_STATES = NUM_NL80211_PLINK_STATES - 1
5849 * enum nl80211_plink_action - actions to perform in mesh peers
5851 * @NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_NO_ACTION: perform no action
5852 * @NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_OPEN: start mesh peer link establishment
5853 * @NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_BLOCK: block traffic from this mesh peer
5854 * @NUM_NL80211_PLINK_ACTIONS: number of possible actions
5856 enum plink_actions {
5857 NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_NO_ACTION,
5858 NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_OPEN,
5859 NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_BLOCK,
5861 NUM_NL80211_PLINK_ACTIONS,
5865 #define NL80211_KCK_LEN 16
5866 #define NL80211_KEK_LEN 16
5867 #define NL80211_KCK_EXT_LEN 24
5868 #define NL80211_KEK_EXT_LEN 32
5869 #define NL80211_REPLAY_CTR_LEN 8
5872 * enum nl80211_rekey_data - attributes for GTK rekey offload
5873 * @__NL80211_REKEY_DATA_INVALID: invalid number for nested attributes
5874 * @NL80211_REKEY_DATA_KEK: key encryption key (binary)
5875 * @NL80211_REKEY_DATA_KCK: key confirmation key (binary)
5876 * @NL80211_REKEY_DATA_REPLAY_CTR: replay counter (binary)
5877 * @NL80211_REKEY_DATA_AKM: AKM data (OUI, suite type)
5878 * @NUM_NL80211_REKEY_DATA: number of rekey attributes (internal)
5879 * @MAX_NL80211_REKEY_DATA: highest rekey attribute (internal)
5881 enum nl80211_rekey_data {
5882 __NL80211_REKEY_DATA_INVALID,
5883 NL80211_REKEY_DATA_KEK,
5884 NL80211_REKEY_DATA_KCK,
5885 NL80211_REKEY_DATA_REPLAY_CTR,
5886 NL80211_REKEY_DATA_AKM,
5889 NUM_NL80211_REKEY_DATA,
5890 MAX_NL80211_REKEY_DATA = NUM_NL80211_REKEY_DATA - 1
5894 * enum nl80211_hidden_ssid - values for %NL80211_ATTR_HIDDEN_SSID
5895 * @NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_NOT_IN_USE: do not hide SSID (i.e., broadcast it in
5897 * @NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_ZERO_LEN: hide SSID by using zero-length SSID element
5899 * @NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_ZERO_CONTENTS: hide SSID by using correct length of SSID
5900 * element in Beacon frames but zero out each byte in the SSID
5902 enum nl80211_hidden_ssid {
5903 NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_NOT_IN_USE,
5904 NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_ZERO_LEN,
5905 NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_ZERO_CONTENTS
5909 * enum nl80211_sta_wme_attr - station WME attributes
5910 * @__NL80211_STA_WME_INVALID: invalid number for nested attribute
5911 * @NL80211_STA_WME_UAPSD_QUEUES: bitmap of uapsd queues. the format
5912 * is the same as the AC bitmap in the QoS info field.
5913 * @NL80211_STA_WME_MAX_SP: max service period. the format is the same
5914 * as the MAX_SP field in the QoS info field (but already shifted down).
5915 * @__NL80211_STA_WME_AFTER_LAST: internal
5916 * @NL80211_STA_WME_MAX: highest station WME attribute
5918 enum nl80211_sta_wme_attr {
5919 __NL80211_STA_WME_INVALID,
5920 NL80211_STA_WME_UAPSD_QUEUES,
5921 NL80211_STA_WME_MAX_SP,
5924 __NL80211_STA_WME_AFTER_LAST,
5925 NL80211_STA_WME_MAX = __NL80211_STA_WME_AFTER_LAST - 1
5929 * enum nl80211_pmksa_candidate_attr - attributes for PMKSA caching candidates
5930 * @__NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_INVALID: invalid number for nested attributes
5931 * @NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_INDEX: candidate index (u32; the smaller, the higher
5933 * @NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_BSSID: candidate BSSID (6 octets)
5934 * @NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_PREAUTH: RSN pre-authentication supported (flag)
5935 * @NUM_NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE: number of PMKSA caching candidate attributes
5937 * @MAX_NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE: highest PMKSA caching candidate attribute
5940 enum nl80211_pmksa_candidate_attr {
5941 __NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_INVALID,
5942 NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_INDEX,
5943 NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_BSSID,
5944 NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_PREAUTH,
5947 NUM_NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE,
5948 MAX_NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE = NUM_NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE - 1
5952 * enum nl80211_tdls_operation - values for %NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_OPERATION
5953 * @NL80211_TDLS_DISCOVERY_REQ: Send a TDLS discovery request
5954 * @NL80211_TDLS_SETUP: Setup TDLS link
5955 * @NL80211_TDLS_TEARDOWN: Teardown a TDLS link which is already established
5956 * @NL80211_TDLS_ENABLE_LINK: Enable TDLS link
5957 * @NL80211_TDLS_DISABLE_LINK: Disable TDLS link
5959 enum nl80211_tdls_operation {
5960 NL80211_TDLS_DISCOVERY_REQ,
5962 NL80211_TDLS_TEARDOWN,
5963 NL80211_TDLS_ENABLE_LINK,
5964 NL80211_TDLS_DISABLE_LINK,
5968 * enum nl80211_ap_sme_features - device-integrated AP features
5969 * @NL80211_AP_SME_SA_QUERY_OFFLOAD: SA Query procedures offloaded to driver
5970 * when user space indicates support for SA Query procedures offload during
5971 * "start ap" with %NL80211_AP_SETTINGS_SA_QUERY_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT.
5973 enum nl80211_ap_sme_features {
5974 NL80211_AP_SME_SA_QUERY_OFFLOAD = 1 << 0,
5978 * enum nl80211_feature_flags - device/driver features
5979 * @NL80211_FEATURE_SK_TX_STATUS: This driver supports reflecting back
5980 * TX status to the socket error queue when requested with the
5982 * @NL80211_FEATURE_HT_IBSS: This driver supports IBSS with HT datarates.
5983 * @NL80211_FEATURE_INACTIVITY_TIMER: This driver takes care of freeing up
5984 * the connected inactive stations in AP mode.
5985 * @NL80211_FEATURE_CELL_BASE_REG_HINTS: This driver has been tested
5986 * to work properly to support receiving regulatory hints from
5987 * cellular base stations.
5988 * @NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_DEVICE_NEEDS_CHANNEL: (no longer available, only
5989 * here to reserve the value for API/ABI compatibility)
5990 * @NL80211_FEATURE_SAE: This driver supports simultaneous authentication of
5991 * equals (SAE) with user space SME (NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE) in station
5993 * @NL80211_FEATURE_LOW_PRIORITY_SCAN: This driver supports low priority scan
5994 * @NL80211_FEATURE_SCAN_FLUSH: Scan flush is supported
5995 * @NL80211_FEATURE_AP_SCAN: Support scanning using an AP vif
5996 * @NL80211_FEATURE_VIF_TXPOWER: The driver supports per-vif TX power setting
5997 * @NL80211_FEATURE_NEED_OBSS_SCAN: The driver expects userspace to perform
5998 * OBSS scans and generate 20/40 BSS coex reports. This flag is used only
5999 * for drivers implementing the CONNECT API, for AUTH/ASSOC it is implied.
6000 * @NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_GO_CTWIN: P2P GO implementation supports CT Window
6002 * @NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_GO_OPPPS: P2P GO implementation supports opportunistic
6004 * @NL80211_FEATURE_FULL_AP_CLIENT_STATE: The driver supports full state
6005 * transitions for AP clients. Without this flag (and if the driver
6006 * doesn't have the AP SME in the device) the driver supports adding
6007 * stations only when they're associated and adds them in associated
6008 * state (to later be transitioned into authorized), with this flag
6009 * they should be added before even sending the authentication reply
6010 * and then transitioned into authenticated, associated and authorized
6011 * states using station flags.
6012 * Note that even for drivers that support this, the default is to add
6013 * stations in authenticated/associated state, so to add unauthenticated
6014 * stations the authenticated/associated bits have to be set in the mask.
6015 * @NL80211_FEATURE_ADVERTISE_CHAN_LIMITS: cfg80211 advertises channel limits
6016 * (HT40, VHT 80/160 MHz) if this flag is set
6017 * @NL80211_FEATURE_USERSPACE_MPM: This driver supports a userspace Mesh
6018 * Peering Management entity which may be implemented by registering for
6019 * beacons or NL80211_CMD_NEW_PEER_CANDIDATE events. The mesh beacon is
6020 * still generated by the driver.
6021 * @NL80211_FEATURE_ACTIVE_MONITOR: This driver supports an active monitor
6022 * interface. An active monitor interface behaves like a normal monitor
6023 * interface, but gets added to the driver. It ensures that incoming
6024 * unicast packets directed at the configured interface address get ACKed.
6025 * @NL80211_FEATURE_AP_MODE_CHAN_WIDTH_CHANGE: This driver supports dynamic
6026 * channel bandwidth change (e.g., HT 20 <-> 40 MHz channel) during the
6027 * lifetime of a BSS.
6028 * @NL80211_FEATURE_DS_PARAM_SET_IE_IN_PROBES: This device adds a DS Parameter
6029 * Set IE to probe requests.
6030 * @NL80211_FEATURE_WFA_TPC_IE_IN_PROBES: This device adds a WFA TPC Report IE
6031 * to probe requests.
6032 * @NL80211_FEATURE_QUIET: This device, in client mode, supports Quiet Period
6033 * requests sent to it by an AP.
6034 * @NL80211_FEATURE_TX_POWER_INSERTION: This device is capable of inserting the
6035 * current tx power value into the TPC Report IE in the spectrum
6036 * management TPC Report action frame, and in the Radio Measurement Link
6037 * Measurement Report action frame.
6038 * @NL80211_FEATURE_ACKTO_ESTIMATION: This driver supports dynamic ACK timeout
6039 * estimation (dynack). %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_DYN_ACK flag attribute is used
6041 * @NL80211_FEATURE_STATIC_SMPS: Device supports static spatial
6042 * multiplexing powersave, ie. can turn off all but one chain
6043 * even on HT connections that should be using more chains.
6044 * @NL80211_FEATURE_DYNAMIC_SMPS: Device supports dynamic spatial
6045 * multiplexing powersave, ie. can turn off all but one chain
6046 * and then wake the rest up as required after, for example,
6047 * rts/cts handshake.
6048 * @NL80211_FEATURE_SUPPORTS_WMM_ADMISSION: the device supports setting up WMM
6049 * TSPEC sessions (TID aka TSID 0-7) with the %NL80211_CMD_ADD_TX_TS
6050 * command. Standard IEEE 802.11 TSPEC setup is not yet supported, it
6051 * needs to be able to handle Block-Ack agreements and other things.
6052 * @NL80211_FEATURE_MAC_ON_CREATE: Device supports configuring
6053 * the vif's MAC address upon creation.
6054 * See 'macaddr' field in the vif_params (cfg80211.h).
6055 * @NL80211_FEATURE_TDLS_CHANNEL_SWITCH: Driver supports channel switching when
6056 * operating as a TDLS peer.
6057 * @NL80211_FEATURE_SCAN_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR: This device/driver supports using a
6058 * random MAC address during scan (if the device is unassociated); the
6059 * %NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_ADDR flag may be set for scans and the MAC
6060 * address mask/value will be used.
6061 * @NL80211_FEATURE_SCHED_SCAN_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR: This device/driver supports
6062 * using a random MAC address for every scan iteration during scheduled
6063 * scan (while not associated), the %NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_ADDR may
6064 * be set for scheduled scan and the MAC address mask/value will be used.
6065 * @NL80211_FEATURE_ND_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR: This device/driver supports using a
6066 * random MAC address for every scan iteration during "net detect", i.e.
6067 * scan in unassociated WoWLAN, the %NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_ADDR may
6068 * be set for scheduled scan and the MAC address mask/value will be used.
6070 enum nl80211_feature_flags {
6071 NL80211_FEATURE_SK_TX_STATUS = 1 << 0,
6072 NL80211_FEATURE_HT_IBSS = 1 << 1,
6073 NL80211_FEATURE_INACTIVITY_TIMER = 1 << 2,
6074 NL80211_FEATURE_CELL_BASE_REG_HINTS = 1 << 3,
6075 NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_DEVICE_NEEDS_CHANNEL = 1 << 4,
6076 NL80211_FEATURE_SAE = 1 << 5,
6077 NL80211_FEATURE_LOW_PRIORITY_SCAN = 1 << 6,
6078 NL80211_FEATURE_SCAN_FLUSH = 1 << 7,
6079 NL80211_FEATURE_AP_SCAN = 1 << 8,
6080 NL80211_FEATURE_VIF_TXPOWER = 1 << 9,
6081 NL80211_FEATURE_NEED_OBSS_SCAN = 1 << 10,
6082 NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_GO_CTWIN = 1 << 11,
6083 NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_GO_OPPPS = 1 << 12,
6084 /* bit 13 is reserved */
6085 NL80211_FEATURE_ADVERTISE_CHAN_LIMITS = 1 << 14,
6086 NL80211_FEATURE_FULL_AP_CLIENT_STATE = 1 << 15,
6087 NL80211_FEATURE_USERSPACE_MPM = 1 << 16,
6088 NL80211_FEATURE_ACTIVE_MONITOR = 1 << 17,
6089 NL80211_FEATURE_AP_MODE_CHAN_WIDTH_CHANGE = 1 << 18,
6090 NL80211_FEATURE_DS_PARAM_SET_IE_IN_PROBES = 1 << 19,
6091 NL80211_FEATURE_WFA_TPC_IE_IN_PROBES = 1 << 20,
6092 NL80211_FEATURE_QUIET = 1 << 21,
6093 NL80211_FEATURE_TX_POWER_INSERTION = 1 << 22,
6094 NL80211_FEATURE_ACKTO_ESTIMATION = 1 << 23,
6095 NL80211_FEATURE_STATIC_SMPS = 1 << 24,
6096 NL80211_FEATURE_DYNAMIC_SMPS = 1 << 25,
6097 NL80211_FEATURE_SUPPORTS_WMM_ADMISSION = 1 << 26,
6098 NL80211_FEATURE_MAC_ON_CREATE = 1 << 27,
6099 NL80211_FEATURE_TDLS_CHANNEL_SWITCH = 1 << 28,
6100 NL80211_FEATURE_SCAN_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR = 1 << 29,
6101 NL80211_FEATURE_SCHED_SCAN_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR = 1 << 30,
6102 NL80211_FEATURE_ND_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR = 1U << 31,
6106 * enum nl80211_ext_feature_index - bit index of extended features.
6107 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_VHT_IBSS: This driver supports IBSS with VHT datarates.
6108 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_RRM: This driver supports RRM. When featured, user can
6109 * request to use RRM (see %NL80211_ATTR_USE_RRM) with
6110 * %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE and %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT requests, which will set
6111 * the ASSOC_REQ_USE_RRM flag in the association request even if
6112 * NL80211_FEATURE_QUIET is not advertized.
6113 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MU_MIMO_AIR_SNIFFER: This device supports MU-MIMO air
6114 * sniffer which means that it can be configured to hear packets from
6115 * certain groups which can be configured by the
6116 * %NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_GROUP_DATA attribute,
6117 * or can be configured to follow a station by configuring the
6118 * %NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_FOLLOW_MAC_ADDR attribute.
6119 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_START_TIME: This driver includes the actual
6120 * time the scan started in scan results event. The time is the TSF of
6121 * the BSS that the interface that requested the scan is connected to
6123 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BSS_PARENT_TSF: Per BSS, this driver reports the
6124 * time the last beacon/probe was received. The time is the TSF of the
6125 * BSS that the interface that requested the scan is connected to
6127 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SET_SCAN_DWELL: This driver supports configuration of
6128 * channel dwell time.
6129 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_LEGACY: Driver supports beacon rate
6130 * configuration (AP/mesh), supporting a legacy (non HT/VHT) rate.
6131 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_HT: Driver supports beacon rate
6132 * configuration (AP/mesh) with HT rates.
6133 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_VHT: Driver supports beacon rate
6134 * configuration (AP/mesh) with VHT rates.
6135 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_STA: This driver supports Fast Initial Link Setup
6136 * with user space SME (NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE) in station mode.
6137 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MGMT_TX_RANDOM_TA: This driver supports randomized TA
6138 * in @NL80211_CMD_FRAME while not associated.
6139 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MGMT_TX_RANDOM_TA_CONNECTED: This driver supports
6140 * randomized TA in @NL80211_CMD_FRAME while associated.
6141 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCHED_SCAN_RELATIVE_RSSI: The driver supports sched_scan
6142 * for reporting BSSs with better RSSI than the current connected BSS
6143 * (%NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_RELATIVE_RSSI).
6144 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CQM_RSSI_LIST: With this driver the
6145 * %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_THOLD attribute accepts a list of zero or more
6146 * RSSI threshold values to monitor rather than exactly one threshold.
6147 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_SK_OFFLOAD: Driver SME supports FILS shared key
6148 * authentication with %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT.
6149 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_STA_PSK: Device wants to do 4-way
6150 * handshake with PSK in station mode (PSK is passed as part of the connect
6151 * and associate commands), doing it in the host might not be supported.
6152 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_STA_1X: Device wants to do doing 4-way
6153 * handshake with 802.1X in station mode (will pass EAP frames to the host
6154 * and accept the set_pmk/del_pmk commands), doing it in the host might not
6156 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_MAX_CHANNEL_TIME: Driver is capable of overriding
6157 * the max channel attribute in the FILS request params IE with the
6158 * actual dwell time.
6159 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ACCEPT_BCAST_PROBE_RESP: Driver accepts broadcast probe
6161 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_OCE_PROBE_REQ_HIGH_TX_RATE: Driver supports sending
6162 * the first probe request in each channel at rate of at least 5.5Mbps.
6163 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_OCE_PROBE_REQ_DEFERRAL_SUPPRESSION: Driver supports
6164 * probe request tx deferral and suppression
6165 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MFP_OPTIONAL: Driver supports the %NL80211_MFP_OPTIONAL
6166 * value in %NL80211_ATTR_USE_MFP.
6167 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_LOW_SPAN_SCAN: Driver supports low span scan.
6168 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_LOW_POWER_SCAN: Driver supports low power scan.
6169 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_HIGH_ACCURACY_SCAN: Driver supports high accuracy scan.
6170 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_DFS_OFFLOAD: HW/driver will offload DFS actions.
6171 * Device or driver will do all DFS-related actions by itself,
6172 * informing user-space about CAC progress, radar detection event,
6173 * channel change triggered by radar detection event.
6174 * No need to start CAC from user-space, no need to react to
6175 * "radar detected" event.
6176 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CONTROL_PORT_OVER_NL80211: Driver supports sending and
6177 * receiving control port frames over nl80211 instead of the netdevice.
6178 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ACK_SIGNAL_SUPPORT: This driver/device supports
6179 * (average) ACK signal strength reporting.
6180 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_TXQS: Driver supports FQ-CoDel-enabled intermediate
6182 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_RANDOM_SN: Driver/device supports randomizing the
6183 * SN in probe request frames if requested by %NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_SN.
6184 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_MIN_PREQ_CONTENT: Driver/device can omit all data
6185 * except for supported rates from the probe request content if requested
6186 * by the %NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_MIN_PREQ_CONTENT flag.
6187 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ENABLE_FTM_RESPONDER: Driver supports enabling fine
6188 * timing measurement responder role.
6190 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CAN_REPLACE_PTK0: Driver/device confirm that they are
6191 * able to rekey an in-use key correctly. Userspace must not rekey PTK keys
6192 * if this flag is not set. Ignoring this can leak clear text packets and/or
6193 * freeze the connection.
6194 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_EXT_KEY_ID: Driver supports "Extended Key ID for
6195 * Individually Addressed Frames" from IEEE802.11-2016.
6197 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_AIRTIME_FAIRNESS: Driver supports getting airtime
6198 * fairness for transmitted packets and has enabled airtime fairness
6201 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_AP_PMKSA_CACHING: Driver/device supports PMKSA caching
6202 * (set/del PMKSA operations) in AP mode.
6204 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCHED_SCAN_BAND_SPECIFIC_RSSI_THOLD: Driver supports
6205 * filtering of sched scan results using band specific RSSI thresholds.
6207 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_STA_TX_PWR: This driver supports controlling tx power
6210 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SAE_OFFLOAD: Device wants to do SAE authentication in
6211 * station mode (SAE password is passed as part of the connect command).
6213 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_VLAN_OFFLOAD: The driver supports a single netdev
6214 * with VLAN tagged frames and separate VLAN-specific netdevs added using
6215 * vconfig similarly to the Ethernet case.
6217 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_AQL: The driver supports the Airtime Queue Limit (AQL)
6218 * feature, which prevents bufferbloat by using the expected transmission
6219 * time to limit the amount of data buffered in the hardware.
6221 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_PROTECTION: The driver supports Beacon protection
6222 * and can receive key configuration for BIGTK using key indexes 6 and 7.
6223 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_PROTECTION_CLIENT: The driver supports Beacon
6224 * protection as a client only and cannot transmit protected beacons.
6226 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CONTROL_PORT_NO_PREAUTH: The driver can disable the
6227 * forwarding of preauth frames over the control port. They are then
6228 * handled as ordinary data frames.
6230 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_PROTECTED_TWT: Driver supports protected TWT frames
6232 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_DEL_IBSS_STA: The driver supports removing stations
6233 * in IBSS mode, essentially by dropping their state.
6235 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MULTICAST_REGISTRATIONS: management frame registrations
6236 * are possible for multicast frames and those will be reported properly.
6238 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_FREQ_KHZ: This driver supports receiving and
6239 * reporting scan request with %NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQ_KHZ. In order to
6240 * report %NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQ_KHZ, %NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_FREQ_KHZ must be
6241 * included in the scan request.
6243 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CONTROL_PORT_OVER_NL80211_TX_STATUS: The driver
6244 * can report tx status for control port over nl80211 tx operations.
6246 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_OPERATING_CHANNEL_VALIDATION: Driver supports Operating
6247 * Channel Validation (OCV) when using driver's SME for RSNA handshakes.
6249 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_AP_PSK: Device wants to do 4-way
6250 * handshake with PSK in AP mode (PSK is passed as part of the start AP
6253 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SAE_OFFLOAD_AP: Device wants to do SAE authentication
6254 * in AP mode (SAE password is passed as part of the start AP command).
6256 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_DISCOVERY: Driver/device supports FILS discovery
6257 * frames transmission
6259 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP: Driver/device supports
6260 * unsolicited broadcast probe response transmission
6262 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_HE: Driver supports beacon rate
6263 * configuration (AP/mesh) with HE rates.
6265 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SECURE_LTF: Device supports secure LTF measurement
6266 * exchange protocol.
6268 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SECURE_RTT: Device supports secure RTT measurement
6269 * exchange protocol.
6271 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_PROT_RANGE_NEGO_AND_MEASURE: Device supports management
6272 * frame protection for all management frames exchanged during the
6273 * negotiation and range measurement procedure.
6275 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BSS_COLOR: The driver supports BSS color collision
6276 * detection and change announcemnts.
6278 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_CRYPTO_OFFLOAD: Driver running in AP mode supports
6279 * FILS encryption and decryption for (Re)Association Request and Response
6280 * frames. Userspace has to share FILS AAD details to the driver by using
6281 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_FILS_AAD.
6283 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_RADAR_BACKGROUND: Device supports background radar/CAC
6286 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_POWERED_ADDR_CHANGE: Device can perform a MAC address
6287 * change without having to bring the underlying network device down
6288 * first. For example, in station mode this can be used to vary the
6289 * origin MAC address prior to a connection to a new AP for privacy
6290 * or other reasons. Note that certain driver specific restrictions
6291 * might apply, e.g. no scans in progress, no offchannel operations
6292 * in progress, and no active connections.
6294 * @NUM_NL80211_EXT_FEATURES: number of extended features.
6295 * @MAX_NL80211_EXT_FEATURES: highest extended feature index.
6297 enum nl80211_ext_feature_index {
6298 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_VHT_IBSS,
6299 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_RRM,
6300 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MU_MIMO_AIR_SNIFFER,
6301 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_START_TIME,
6302 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BSS_PARENT_TSF,
6303 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SET_SCAN_DWELL,
6304 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_LEGACY,
6305 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_HT,
6306 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_VHT,
6307 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_STA,
6308 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MGMT_TX_RANDOM_TA,
6309 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MGMT_TX_RANDOM_TA_CONNECTED,
6310 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCHED_SCAN_RELATIVE_RSSI,
6311 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CQM_RSSI_LIST,
6312 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_SK_OFFLOAD,
6313 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_STA_PSK,
6314 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_STA_1X,
6315 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_MAX_CHANNEL_TIME,
6316 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ACCEPT_BCAST_PROBE_RESP,
6317 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_OCE_PROBE_REQ_HIGH_TX_RATE,
6318 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_OCE_PROBE_REQ_DEFERRAL_SUPPRESSION,
6319 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MFP_OPTIONAL,
6320 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_LOW_SPAN_SCAN,
6321 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_LOW_POWER_SCAN,
6322 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_HIGH_ACCURACY_SCAN,
6323 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_DFS_OFFLOAD,
6324 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CONTROL_PORT_OVER_NL80211,
6325 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ACK_SIGNAL_SUPPORT,
6326 /* we renamed this - stay compatible */
6327 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_DATA_ACK_SIGNAL_SUPPORT = NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ACK_SIGNAL_SUPPORT,
6328 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_TXQS,
6329 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_RANDOM_SN,
6330 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_MIN_PREQ_CONTENT,
6331 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CAN_REPLACE_PTK0,
6332 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ENABLE_FTM_RESPONDER,
6333 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_AIRTIME_FAIRNESS,
6334 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_AP_PMKSA_CACHING,
6335 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCHED_SCAN_BAND_SPECIFIC_RSSI_THOLD,
6336 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_EXT_KEY_ID,
6337 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_STA_TX_PWR,
6338 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SAE_OFFLOAD,
6339 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_VLAN_OFFLOAD,
6340 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_AQL,
6341 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_PROTECTION,
6342 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CONTROL_PORT_NO_PREAUTH,
6343 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_PROTECTED_TWT,
6344 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_DEL_IBSS_STA,
6345 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MULTICAST_REGISTRATIONS,
6346 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_PROTECTION_CLIENT,
6347 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_FREQ_KHZ,
6348 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CONTROL_PORT_OVER_NL80211_TX_STATUS,
6349 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_OPERATING_CHANNEL_VALIDATION,
6350 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_AP_PSK,
6351 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SAE_OFFLOAD_AP,
6352 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_DISCOVERY,
6353 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP,
6354 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_HE,
6355 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SECURE_LTF,
6356 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SECURE_RTT,
6357 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_PROT_RANGE_NEGO_AND_MEASURE,
6358 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BSS_COLOR,
6359 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_CRYPTO_OFFLOAD,
6360 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_RADAR_BACKGROUND,
6361 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_POWERED_ADDR_CHANGE,
6363 /* add new features before the definition below */
6364 NUM_NL80211_EXT_FEATURES,
6365 MAX_NL80211_EXT_FEATURES = NUM_NL80211_EXT_FEATURES - 1
6369 * enum nl80211_probe_resp_offload_support_attr - optional supported
6370 * protocols for probe-response offloading by the driver/FW.
6371 * To be used with the %NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD attribute.
6372 * Each enum value represents a bit in the bitmap of supported
6373 * protocols. Typically a subset of probe-requests belonging to a
6374 * supported protocol will be excluded from offload and uploaded
6377 * @NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_WPS: Support for WPS ver. 1
6378 * @NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_WPS2: Support for WPS ver. 2
6379 * @NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_P2P: Support for P2P
6380 * @NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_80211U: Support for 802.11u
6382 enum nl80211_probe_resp_offload_support_attr {
6383 NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_WPS = 1<<0,
6384 NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_WPS2 = 1<<1,
6385 NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_P2P = 1<<2,
6386 NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_80211U = 1<<3,
6390 * enum nl80211_connect_failed_reason - connection request failed reasons
6391 * @NL80211_CONN_FAIL_MAX_CLIENTS: Maximum number of clients that can be
6392 * handled by the AP is reached.
6393 * @NL80211_CONN_FAIL_BLOCKED_CLIENT: Connection request is rejected due to ACL.
6395 enum nl80211_connect_failed_reason {
6396 NL80211_CONN_FAIL_MAX_CLIENTS,
6397 NL80211_CONN_FAIL_BLOCKED_CLIENT,
6401 * enum nl80211_timeout_reason - timeout reasons
6403 * @NL80211_TIMEOUT_UNSPECIFIED: Timeout reason unspecified.
6404 * @NL80211_TIMEOUT_SCAN: Scan (AP discovery) timed out.
6405 * @NL80211_TIMEOUT_AUTH: Authentication timed out.
6406 * @NL80211_TIMEOUT_ASSOC: Association timed out.
6408 enum nl80211_timeout_reason {
6409 NL80211_TIMEOUT_UNSPECIFIED,
6410 NL80211_TIMEOUT_SCAN,
6411 NL80211_TIMEOUT_AUTH,
6412 NL80211_TIMEOUT_ASSOC,
6416 * enum nl80211_scan_flags - scan request control flags
6418 * Scan request control flags are used to control the handling
6419 * of NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN and NL80211_CMD_START_SCHED_SCAN
6422 * NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_SPAN, NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_POWER, and
6423 * NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_HIGH_ACCURACY flags are exclusive of each other, i.e., only
6424 * one of them can be used in the request.
6426 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_PRIORITY: scan request has low priority
6427 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_FLUSH: flush cache before scanning
6428 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_AP: force a scan even if the interface is configured
6429 * as AP and the beaconing has already been configured. This attribute is
6430 * dangerous because will destroy stations performance as a lot of frames
6431 * will be lost while scanning off-channel, therefore it must be used only
6432 * when really needed
6433 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_ADDR: use a random MAC address for this scan (or
6434 * for scheduled scan: a different one for every scan iteration). When the
6435 * flag is set, depending on device capabilities the @NL80211_ATTR_MAC and
6436 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAC_MASK attributes may also be given in which case only
6437 * the masked bits will be preserved from the MAC address and the remainder
6438 * randomised. If the attributes are not given full randomisation (46 bits,
6439 * locally administered 1, multicast 0) is assumed.
6440 * This flag must not be requested when the feature isn't supported, check
6441 * the nl80211 feature flags for the device.
6442 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_FILS_MAX_CHANNEL_TIME: fill the dwell time in the FILS
6443 * request parameters IE in the probe request
6444 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_ACCEPT_BCAST_PROBE_RESP: accept broadcast probe responses
6445 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_OCE_PROBE_REQ_HIGH_TX_RATE: send probe request frames at
6446 * rate of at least 5.5M. In case non OCE AP is discovered in the channel,
6447 * only the first probe req in the channel will be sent in high rate.
6448 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_OCE_PROBE_REQ_DEFERRAL_SUPPRESSION: allow probe request
6449 * tx deferral (dot11FILSProbeDelay shall be set to 15ms)
6450 * and suppression (if it has received a broadcast Probe Response frame,
6451 * Beacon frame or FILS Discovery frame from an AP that the STA considers
6452 * a suitable candidate for (re-)association - suitable in terms of
6454 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_SPAN: Span corresponds to the total time taken to
6455 * accomplish the scan. Thus, this flag intends the driver to perform the
6456 * scan request with lesser span/duration. It is specific to the driver
6457 * implementations on how this is accomplished. Scan accuracy may get
6458 * impacted with this flag.
6459 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_POWER: This flag intends the scan attempts to consume
6460 * optimal possible power. Drivers can resort to their specific means to
6461 * optimize the power. Scan accuracy may get impacted with this flag.
6462 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_HIGH_ACCURACY: Accuracy here intends to the extent of scan
6463 * results obtained. Thus HIGH_ACCURACY scan flag aims to get maximum
6464 * possible scan results. This flag hints the driver to use the best
6465 * possible scan configuration to improve the accuracy in scanning.
6466 * Latency and power use may get impacted with this flag.
6467 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_SN: randomize the sequence number in probe
6468 * request frames from this scan to avoid correlation/tracking being
6470 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_MIN_PREQ_CONTENT: minimize probe request content to
6471 * only have supported rates and no additional capabilities (unless
6472 * added by userspace explicitly.)
6473 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_FREQ_KHZ: report scan results with
6474 * %NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQ_KHZ. This also means
6475 * %NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQUENCIES will not be included.
6476 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_COLOCATED_6GHZ: scan for colocated APs reported by
6479 enum nl80211_scan_flags {
6480 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_PRIORITY = 1<<0,
6481 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_FLUSH = 1<<1,
6482 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_AP = 1<<2,
6483 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_ADDR = 1<<3,
6484 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_FILS_MAX_CHANNEL_TIME = 1<<4,
6485 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_ACCEPT_BCAST_PROBE_RESP = 1<<5,
6486 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_OCE_PROBE_REQ_HIGH_TX_RATE = 1<<6,
6487 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_OCE_PROBE_REQ_DEFERRAL_SUPPRESSION = 1<<7,
6488 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_SPAN = 1<<8,
6489 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_POWER = 1<<9,
6490 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_HIGH_ACCURACY = 1<<10,
6491 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_SN = 1<<11,
6492 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_MIN_PREQ_CONTENT = 1<<12,
6493 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_FREQ_KHZ = 1<<13,
6494 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_COLOCATED_6GHZ = 1<<14,
6498 * enum nl80211_acl_policy - access control policy
6500 * Access control policy is applied on a MAC list set by
6501 * %NL80211_CMD_START_AP and %NL80211_CMD_SET_MAC_ACL, to
6502 * be used with %NL80211_ATTR_ACL_POLICY.
6504 * @NL80211_ACL_POLICY_ACCEPT_UNLESS_LISTED: Deny stations which are
6505 * listed in ACL, i.e. allow all the stations which are not listed
6506 * in ACL to authenticate.
6507 * @NL80211_ACL_POLICY_DENY_UNLESS_LISTED: Allow the stations which are listed
6508 * in ACL, i.e. deny all the stations which are not listed in ACL.
6510 enum nl80211_acl_policy {
6511 NL80211_ACL_POLICY_ACCEPT_UNLESS_LISTED,
6512 NL80211_ACL_POLICY_DENY_UNLESS_LISTED,
6516 * enum nl80211_smps_mode - SMPS mode
6518 * Requested SMPS mode (for AP mode)
6520 * @NL80211_SMPS_OFF: SMPS off (use all antennas).
6521 * @NL80211_SMPS_STATIC: static SMPS (use a single antenna)
6522 * @NL80211_SMPS_DYNAMIC: dynamic smps (start with a single antenna and
6523 * turn on other antennas after CTS/RTS).
6525 enum nl80211_smps_mode {
6527 NL80211_SMPS_STATIC,
6528 NL80211_SMPS_DYNAMIC,
6530 __NL80211_SMPS_AFTER_LAST,
6531 NL80211_SMPS_MAX = __NL80211_SMPS_AFTER_LAST - 1
6535 * enum nl80211_radar_event - type of radar event for DFS operation
6537 * Type of event to be used with NL80211_ATTR_RADAR_EVENT to inform userspace
6538 * about detected radars or success of the channel available check (CAC)
6540 * @NL80211_RADAR_DETECTED: A radar pattern has been detected. The channel is
6542 * @NL80211_RADAR_CAC_FINISHED: Channel Availability Check has been finished,
6543 * the channel is now available.
6544 * @NL80211_RADAR_CAC_ABORTED: Channel Availability Check has been aborted, no
6545 * change to the channel status.
6546 * @NL80211_RADAR_NOP_FINISHED: The Non-Occupancy Period for this channel is
6547 * over, channel becomes usable.
6548 * @NL80211_RADAR_PRE_CAC_EXPIRED: Channel Availability Check done on this
6549 * non-operating channel is expired and no longer valid. New CAC must
6550 * be done on this channel before starting the operation. This is not
6551 * applicable for ETSI dfs domain where pre-CAC is valid for ever.
6552 * @NL80211_RADAR_CAC_STARTED: Channel Availability Check has been started,
6553 * should be generated by HW if NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_DFS_OFFLOAD is enabled.
6555 enum nl80211_radar_event {
6556 NL80211_RADAR_DETECTED,
6557 NL80211_RADAR_CAC_FINISHED,
6558 NL80211_RADAR_CAC_ABORTED,
6559 NL80211_RADAR_NOP_FINISHED,
6560 NL80211_RADAR_PRE_CAC_EXPIRED,
6561 NL80211_RADAR_CAC_STARTED,
6565 * enum nl80211_dfs_state - DFS states for channels
6567 * Channel states used by the DFS code.
6569 * @NL80211_DFS_USABLE: The channel can be used, but channel availability
6570 * check (CAC) must be performed before using it for AP or IBSS.
6571 * @NL80211_DFS_UNAVAILABLE: A radar has been detected on this channel, it
6572 * is therefore marked as not available.
6573 * @NL80211_DFS_AVAILABLE: The channel has been CAC checked and is available.
6575 enum nl80211_dfs_state {
6577 NL80211_DFS_UNAVAILABLE,
6578 NL80211_DFS_AVAILABLE,
6582 * enum nl80211_protocol_features - nl80211 protocol features
6583 * @NL80211_PROTOCOL_FEATURE_SPLIT_WIPHY_DUMP: nl80211 supports splitting
6584 * wiphy dumps (if requested by the application with the attribute
6585 * %NL80211_ATTR_SPLIT_WIPHY_DUMP. Also supported is filtering the
6586 * wiphy dump by %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY, %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX or
6587 * %NL80211_ATTR_WDEV.
6589 enum nl80211_protocol_features {
6590 NL80211_PROTOCOL_FEATURE_SPLIT_WIPHY_DUMP = 1 << 0,
6594 * enum nl80211_crit_proto_id - nl80211 critical protocol identifiers
6596 * @NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_UNSPEC: protocol unspecified.
6597 * @NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_DHCP: BOOTP or DHCPv6 protocol.
6598 * @NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_EAPOL: EAPOL protocol.
6599 * @NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_APIPA: APIPA protocol.
6600 * @NUM_NL80211_CRIT_PROTO: must be kept last.
6602 enum nl80211_crit_proto_id {
6603 NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_UNSPEC,
6604 NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_DHCP,
6605 NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_EAPOL,
6606 NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_APIPA,
6607 /* add other protocols before this one */
6608 NUM_NL80211_CRIT_PROTO
6611 /* maximum duration for critical protocol measures */
6612 #define NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_MAX_DURATION 5000 /* msec */
6615 * enum nl80211_rxmgmt_flags - flags for received management frame.
6617 * Used by cfg80211_rx_mgmt()
6619 * @NL80211_RXMGMT_FLAG_ANSWERED: frame was answered by device/driver.
6620 * @NL80211_RXMGMT_FLAG_EXTERNAL_AUTH: Host driver intends to offload
6621 * the authentication. Exclusively defined for host drivers that
6622 * advertises the SME functionality but would like the userspace
6623 * to handle certain authentication algorithms (e.g. SAE).
6625 enum nl80211_rxmgmt_flags {
6626 NL80211_RXMGMT_FLAG_ANSWERED = 1 << 0,
6627 NL80211_RXMGMT_FLAG_EXTERNAL_AUTH = 1 << 1,
6631 * If this flag is unset, the lower 24 bits are an OUI, if set
6632 * a Linux nl80211 vendor ID is used (no such IDs are allocated
6633 * yet, so that's not valid so far)
6635 #define NL80211_VENDOR_ID_IS_LINUX 0x80000000
6638 * struct nl80211_vendor_cmd_info - vendor command data
6639 * @vendor_id: If the %NL80211_VENDOR_ID_IS_LINUX flag is clear, then the
6640 * value is a 24-bit OUI; if it is set then a separately allocated ID
6641 * may be used, but no such IDs are allocated yet. New IDs should be
6642 * added to this file when needed.
6643 * @subcmd: sub-command ID for the command
6645 struct nl80211_vendor_cmd_info {
6651 * enum nl80211_tdls_peer_capability - TDLS peer flags.
6653 * Used by tdls_mgmt() to determine which conditional elements need
6654 * to be added to TDLS Setup frames.
6656 * @NL80211_TDLS_PEER_HT: TDLS peer is HT capable.
6657 * @NL80211_TDLS_PEER_VHT: TDLS peer is VHT capable.
6658 * @NL80211_TDLS_PEER_WMM: TDLS peer is WMM capable.
6659 * @NL80211_TDLS_PEER_HE: TDLS peer is HE capable.
6661 enum nl80211_tdls_peer_capability {
6662 NL80211_TDLS_PEER_HT = 1<<0,
6663 NL80211_TDLS_PEER_VHT = 1<<1,
6664 NL80211_TDLS_PEER_WMM = 1<<2,
6665 NL80211_TDLS_PEER_HE = 1<<3,
6669 * enum nl80211_sched_scan_plan - scanning plan for scheduled scan
6670 * @__NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
6671 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_INTERVAL: interval between scan iterations. In
6673 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_ITERATIONS: number of scan iterations in this
6674 * scan plan (u32). The last scan plan must not specify this attribute
6675 * because it will run infinitely. A value of zero is invalid as it will
6676 * make the scan plan meaningless.
6677 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_MAX: highest scheduled scan plan attribute number
6679 * @__NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_AFTER_LAST: internal use
6681 enum nl80211_sched_scan_plan {
6682 __NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_INVALID,
6683 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_INTERVAL,
6684 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_ITERATIONS,
6687 __NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_AFTER_LAST,
6688 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_MAX =
6689 __NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_AFTER_LAST - 1
6693 * struct nl80211_bss_select_rssi_adjust - RSSI adjustment parameters.
6695 * @band: band of BSS that must match for RSSI value adjustment. The value
6696 * of this field is according to &enum nl80211_band.
6697 * @delta: value used to adjust the RSSI value of matching BSS in dB.
6699 struct nl80211_bss_select_rssi_adjust {
6702 } __attribute__((packed));
6705 * enum nl80211_bss_select_attr - attributes for bss selection.
6707 * @__NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_INVALID: reserved.
6708 * @NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_RSSI: Flag indicating only RSSI-based BSS selection
6710 * @NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_BAND_PREF: attribute indicating BSS
6711 * selection should be done such that the specified band is preferred.
6712 * When there are multiple BSS-es in the preferred band, the driver
6713 * shall use RSSI-based BSS selection as a second step. The value of
6714 * this attribute is according to &enum nl80211_band (u32).
6715 * @NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_RSSI_ADJUST: When present the RSSI level for
6716 * BSS-es in the specified band is to be adjusted before doing
6717 * RSSI-based BSS selection. The attribute value is a packed structure
6718 * value as specified by &struct nl80211_bss_select_rssi_adjust.
6719 * @NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_MAX: highest bss select attribute number.
6720 * @__NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use.
6722 * One and only one of these attributes are found within %NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SELECT
6723 * for %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT. It specifies the required BSS selection behaviour
6724 * which the driver shall use.
6726 enum nl80211_bss_select_attr {
6727 __NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_INVALID,
6728 NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_RSSI,
6729 NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_BAND_PREF,
6730 NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_RSSI_ADJUST,
6733 __NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
6734 NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
6738 * enum nl80211_nan_function_type - NAN function type
6740 * Defines the function type of a NAN function
6742 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH: function is publish
6743 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SUBSCRIBE: function is subscribe
6744 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP: function is follow-up
6746 enum nl80211_nan_function_type {
6747 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH,
6748 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SUBSCRIBE,
6749 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP,
6752 __NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TYPE_AFTER_LAST,
6753 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_MAX_TYPE = __NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TYPE_AFTER_LAST - 1,
6757 * enum nl80211_nan_publish_type - NAN publish tx type
6759 * Defines how to send publish Service Discovery Frames
6761 * @NL80211_NAN_SOLICITED_PUBLISH: publish function is solicited
6762 * @NL80211_NAN_UNSOLICITED_PUBLISH: publish function is unsolicited
6764 enum nl80211_nan_publish_type {
6765 NL80211_NAN_SOLICITED_PUBLISH = 1 << 0,
6766 NL80211_NAN_UNSOLICITED_PUBLISH = 1 << 1,
6770 * enum nl80211_nan_func_term_reason - NAN functions termination reason
6772 * Defines termination reasons of a NAN function
6774 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_USER_REQUEST: requested by user
6775 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_TTL_EXPIRED: timeout
6776 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_ERROR: errored
6778 enum nl80211_nan_func_term_reason {
6779 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_USER_REQUEST,
6780 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_TTL_EXPIRED,
6781 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_ERROR,
6784 #define NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_ID_LEN 6
6785 #define NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_SPEC_INFO_MAX_LEN 0xff
6786 #define NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SRF_MAX_LEN 0xff
6789 * enum nl80211_nan_func_attributes - NAN function attributes
6790 * @__NL80211_NAN_FUNC_INVALID: invalid
6791 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TYPE: &enum nl80211_nan_function_type (u8).
6792 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_ID: 6 bytes of the service ID hash as
6793 * specified in NAN spec. This is a binary attribute.
6794 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH_TYPE: relevant if the function's type is
6795 * publish. Defines the transmission type for the publish Service Discovery
6796 * Frame, see &enum nl80211_nan_publish_type. Its type is u8.
6797 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH_BCAST: relevant if the function is a solicited
6798 * publish. Should the solicited publish Service Discovery Frame be sent to
6799 * the NAN Broadcast address. This is a flag.
6800 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SUBSCRIBE_ACTIVE: relevant if the function's type is
6801 * subscribe. Is the subscribe active. This is a flag.
6802 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP_ID: relevant if the function's type is follow up.
6803 * The instance ID for the follow up Service Discovery Frame. This is u8.
6804 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP_REQ_ID: relevant if the function's type
6805 * is follow up. This is a u8.
6806 * The requestor instance ID for the follow up Service Discovery Frame.
6807 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP_DEST: the MAC address of the recipient of the
6808 * follow up Service Discovery Frame. This is a binary attribute.
6809 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_CLOSE_RANGE: is this function limited for devices in a
6810 * close range. The range itself (RSSI) is defined by the device.
6812 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TTL: strictly positive number of DWs this function should
6813 * stay active. If not present infinite TTL is assumed. This is a u32.
6814 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_INFO: array of bytes describing the service
6815 * specific info. This is a binary attribute.
6816 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SRF: Service Receive Filter. This is a nested attribute.
6817 * See &enum nl80211_nan_srf_attributes.
6818 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_RX_MATCH_FILTER: Receive Matching filter. This is a nested
6819 * attribute. It is a list of binary values.
6820 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TX_MATCH_FILTER: Transmit Matching filter. This is a
6821 * nested attribute. It is a list of binary values.
6822 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_INSTANCE_ID: The instance ID of the function.
6823 * Its type is u8 and it cannot be 0.
6824 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON: NAN function termination reason.
6825 * See &enum nl80211_nan_func_term_reason.
6827 * @NUM_NL80211_NAN_FUNC_ATTR: internal
6828 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_ATTR_MAX: highest NAN function attribute
6830 enum nl80211_nan_func_attributes {
6831 __NL80211_NAN_FUNC_INVALID,
6832 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TYPE,
6833 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_ID,
6834 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH_TYPE,
6835 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH_BCAST,
6836 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SUBSCRIBE_ACTIVE,
6837 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP_ID,
6838 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP_REQ_ID,
6839 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP_DEST,
6840 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_CLOSE_RANGE,
6841 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TTL,
6842 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_INFO,
6843 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SRF,
6844 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_RX_MATCH_FILTER,
6845 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TX_MATCH_FILTER,
6846 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_INSTANCE_ID,
6847 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON,
6850 NUM_NL80211_NAN_FUNC_ATTR,
6851 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_NAN_FUNC_ATTR - 1
6855 * enum nl80211_nan_srf_attributes - NAN Service Response filter attributes
6856 * @__NL80211_NAN_SRF_INVALID: invalid
6857 * @NL80211_NAN_SRF_INCLUDE: present if the include bit of the SRF set.
6859 * @NL80211_NAN_SRF_BF: Bloom Filter. Present if and only if
6860 * %NL80211_NAN_SRF_MAC_ADDRS isn't present. This attribute is binary.
6861 * @NL80211_NAN_SRF_BF_IDX: index of the Bloom Filter. Mandatory if
6862 * %NL80211_NAN_SRF_BF is present. This is a u8.
6863 * @NL80211_NAN_SRF_MAC_ADDRS: list of MAC addresses for the SRF. Present if
6864 * and only if %NL80211_NAN_SRF_BF isn't present. This is a nested
6865 * attribute. Each nested attribute is a MAC address.
6866 * @NUM_NL80211_NAN_SRF_ATTR: internal
6867 * @NL80211_NAN_SRF_ATTR_MAX: highest NAN SRF attribute
6869 enum nl80211_nan_srf_attributes {
6870 __NL80211_NAN_SRF_INVALID,
6871 NL80211_NAN_SRF_INCLUDE,
6873 NL80211_NAN_SRF_BF_IDX,
6874 NL80211_NAN_SRF_MAC_ADDRS,
6877 NUM_NL80211_NAN_SRF_ATTR,
6878 NL80211_NAN_SRF_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_NAN_SRF_ATTR - 1,
6882 * enum nl80211_nan_match_attributes - NAN match attributes
6883 * @__NL80211_NAN_MATCH_INVALID: invalid
6884 * @NL80211_NAN_MATCH_FUNC_LOCAL: the local function that had the
6885 * match. This is a nested attribute.
6886 * See &enum nl80211_nan_func_attributes.
6887 * @NL80211_NAN_MATCH_FUNC_PEER: the peer function
6888 * that caused the match. This is a nested attribute.
6889 * See &enum nl80211_nan_func_attributes.
6891 * @NUM_NL80211_NAN_MATCH_ATTR: internal
6892 * @NL80211_NAN_MATCH_ATTR_MAX: highest NAN match attribute
6894 enum nl80211_nan_match_attributes {
6895 __NL80211_NAN_MATCH_INVALID,
6896 NL80211_NAN_MATCH_FUNC_LOCAL,
6897 NL80211_NAN_MATCH_FUNC_PEER,
6900 NUM_NL80211_NAN_MATCH_ATTR,
6901 NL80211_NAN_MATCH_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_NAN_MATCH_ATTR - 1
6905 * nl80211_external_auth_action - Action to perform with external
6906 * authentication request. Used by NL80211_ATTR_EXTERNAL_AUTH_ACTION.
6907 * @NL80211_EXTERNAL_AUTH_START: Start the authentication.
6908 * @NL80211_EXTERNAL_AUTH_ABORT: Abort the ongoing authentication.
6910 enum nl80211_external_auth_action {
6911 NL80211_EXTERNAL_AUTH_START,
6912 NL80211_EXTERNAL_AUTH_ABORT,
6916 * enum nl80211_ftm_responder_attributes - fine timing measurement
6917 * responder attributes
6918 * @__NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_INVALID: Invalid
6919 * @NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_ENABLED: FTM responder is enabled
6920 * @NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_LCI: The content of Measurement Report Element
6921 * (9.4.2.22 in 802.11-2016) with type 8 - LCI (9.4.2.22.10),
6922 * i.e. starting with the measurement token
6923 * @NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_CIVIC: The content of Measurement Report Element
6924 * (9.4.2.22 in 802.11-2016) with type 11 - Civic (Section 9.4.2.22.13),
6925 * i.e. starting with the measurement token
6926 * @__NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_LAST: Internal
6927 * @NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_MAX: highest FTM responder attribute.
6929 enum nl80211_ftm_responder_attributes {
6930 __NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_INVALID,
6932 NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_ENABLED,
6933 NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_LCI,
6934 NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_CIVICLOC,
6937 __NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_LAST,
6938 NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_LAST - 1,
6942 * enum nl80211_ftm_responder_stats - FTM responder statistics
6944 * These attribute types are used with %NL80211_ATTR_FTM_RESPONDER_STATS
6945 * when getting FTM responder statistics.
6947 * @__NL80211_FTM_STATS_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
6948 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_SUCCESS_NUM: number of FTM sessions in which all frames
6949 * were ssfully answered (u32)
6950 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_PARTIAL_NUM: number of FTM sessions in which part of the
6951 * frames were successfully answered (u32)
6952 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_FAILED_NUM: number of failed FTM sessions (u32)
6953 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_ASAP_NUM: number of ASAP sessions (u32)
6954 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_NON_ASAP_NUM: number of non-ASAP sessions (u32)
6955 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_TOTAL_DURATION_MSEC: total sessions durations - gives an
6956 * indication of how much time the responder was busy (u64, msec)
6957 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_UNKNOWN_TRIGGERS_NUM: number of unknown FTM triggers -
6958 * triggers from initiators that didn't finish successfully the negotiation
6959 * phase with the responder (u32)
6960 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_RESCHEDULE_REQUESTS_NUM: number of FTM reschedule requests
6961 * - initiator asks for a new scheduling although it already has scheduled
6963 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_OUT_OF_WINDOW_TRIGGERS_NUM: number of FTM triggers out of
6964 * scheduled window (u32)
6965 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_PAD: used for padding, ignore
6966 * @__NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: Internal
6967 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_MAX: highest possible FTM responder stats attribute
6969 enum nl80211_ftm_responder_stats {
6970 __NL80211_FTM_STATS_INVALID,
6971 NL80211_FTM_STATS_SUCCESS_NUM,
6972 NL80211_FTM_STATS_PARTIAL_NUM,
6973 NL80211_FTM_STATS_FAILED_NUM,
6974 NL80211_FTM_STATS_ASAP_NUM,
6975 NL80211_FTM_STATS_NON_ASAP_NUM,
6976 NL80211_FTM_STATS_TOTAL_DURATION_MSEC,
6977 NL80211_FTM_STATS_UNKNOWN_TRIGGERS_NUM,
6978 NL80211_FTM_STATS_RESCHEDULE_REQUESTS_NUM,
6979 NL80211_FTM_STATS_OUT_OF_WINDOW_TRIGGERS_NUM,
6980 NL80211_FTM_STATS_PAD,
6983 __NL80211_FTM_STATS_AFTER_LAST,
6984 NL80211_FTM_STATS_MAX = __NL80211_FTM_STATS_AFTER_LAST - 1
6988 * enum nl80211_preamble - frame preamble types
6989 * @NL80211_PREAMBLE_LEGACY: legacy (HR/DSSS, OFDM, ERP PHY) preamble
6990 * @NL80211_PREAMBLE_HT: HT preamble
6991 * @NL80211_PREAMBLE_VHT: VHT preamble
6992 * @NL80211_PREAMBLE_DMG: DMG preamble
6993 * @NL80211_PREAMBLE_HE: HE preamble
6995 enum nl80211_preamble {
6996 NL80211_PREAMBLE_LEGACY,
6997 NL80211_PREAMBLE_HT,
6998 NL80211_PREAMBLE_VHT,
6999 NL80211_PREAMBLE_DMG,
7000 NL80211_PREAMBLE_HE,
7004 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_type - peer measurement types
7005 * @NL80211_PMSR_TYPE_INVALID: invalid/unused, needed as we use
7006 * these numbers also for attributes
7008 * @NL80211_PMSR_TYPE_FTM: flight time measurement
7010 * @NUM_NL80211_PMSR_TYPES: internal
7011 * @NL80211_PMSR_TYPE_MAX: highest type number
7013 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_type {
7014 NL80211_PMSR_TYPE_INVALID,
7016 NL80211_PMSR_TYPE_FTM,
7018 NUM_NL80211_PMSR_TYPES,
7019 NL80211_PMSR_TYPE_MAX = NUM_NL80211_PMSR_TYPES - 1
7023 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_status - peer measurement status
7024 * @NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_SUCCESS: measurement completed successfully
7025 * @NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_REFUSED: measurement was locally refused
7026 * @NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_TIMEOUT: measurement timed out
7027 * @NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_FAILURE: measurement failed, a type-dependent
7028 * reason may be available in the response data
7030 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_status {
7031 NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_SUCCESS,
7032 NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_REFUSED,
7033 NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_TIMEOUT,
7034 NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_FAILURE,
7038 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_req - peer measurement request attributes
7039 * @__NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTR_INVALID: invalid
7041 * @NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTR_DATA: This is a nested attribute with measurement
7042 * type-specific request data inside. The attributes used are from the
7043 * enums named nl80211_peer_measurement_<type>_req.
7044 * @NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTR_GET_AP_TSF: include AP TSF timestamp, if supported
7047 * @NUM_NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTRS: internal
7048 * @NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number
7050 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_req {
7051 __NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTR_INVALID,
7053 NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTR_DATA,
7054 NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTR_GET_AP_TSF,
7057 NUM_NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTRS,
7058 NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTRS - 1
7062 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_resp - peer measurement response attributes
7063 * @__NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_INVALID: invalid
7065 * @NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_DATA: This is a nested attribute with measurement
7066 * type-specific results inside. The attributes used are from the enums
7067 * named nl80211_peer_measurement_<type>_resp.
7068 * @NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_STATUS: u32 value with the measurement status
7069 * (using values from &enum nl80211_peer_measurement_status.)
7070 * @NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_HOST_TIME: host time (%CLOCK_BOOTTIME) when the
7071 * result was measured; this value is not expected to be accurate to
7072 * more than 20ms. (u64, nanoseconds)
7073 * @NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_AP_TSF: TSF of the AP that the interface
7074 * doing the measurement is connected to when the result was measured.
7075 * This shall be accurately reported if supported and requested
7077 * @NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_FINAL: If results are sent to the host partially
7078 * (*e.g. with FTM per-burst data) this flag will be cleared on all but
7079 * the last result; if all results are combined it's set on the single
7081 * @NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_PAD: padding for 64-bit attributes, ignore
7083 * @NUM_NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTRS: internal
7084 * @NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number
7086 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_resp {
7087 __NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_INVALID,
7089 NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_DATA,
7090 NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_STATUS,
7091 NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_HOST_TIME,
7092 NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_AP_TSF,
7093 NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_FINAL,
7094 NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_PAD,
7097 NUM_NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTRS,
7098 NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTRS - 1
7102 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_peer_attrs - peer attributes for measurement
7103 * @__NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_INVALID: invalid
7105 * @NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_ADDR: peer's MAC address
7106 * @NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_CHAN: channel definition, nested, using top-level
7107 * attributes like %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ etc.
7108 * @NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_REQ: This is a nested attribute indexed by
7109 * measurement type, with attributes from the
7110 * &enum nl80211_peer_measurement_req inside.
7111 * @NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_RESP: This is a nested attribute indexed by
7112 * measurement type, with attributes from the
7113 * &enum nl80211_peer_measurement_resp inside.
7115 * @NUM_NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTRS: internal
7116 * @NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number
7118 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_peer_attrs {
7119 __NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_INVALID,
7121 NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_ADDR,
7122 NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_CHAN,
7123 NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_REQ,
7124 NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_RESP,
7127 NUM_NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTRS,
7128 NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTRS - 1,
7132 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_attrs - peer measurement attributes
7133 * @__NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_INVALID: invalid
7135 * @NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_MAX_PEERS: u32 attribute used for capability
7136 * advertisement only, indicates the maximum number of peers
7137 * measurements can be done with in a single request
7138 * @NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_REPORT_AP_TSF: flag attribute in capability
7139 * indicating that the connected AP's TSF can be reported in
7140 * measurement results
7141 * @NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_RANDOMIZE_MAC_ADDR: flag attribute in capability
7142 * indicating that MAC address randomization is supported.
7143 * @NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_TYPE_CAPA: capabilities reported by the device,
7144 * this contains a nesting indexed by measurement type, and
7145 * type-specific capabilities inside, which are from the enums
7146 * named nl80211_peer_measurement_<type>_capa.
7147 * @NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_PEERS: nested attribute, the nesting index is
7148 * meaningless, just a list of peers to measure with, with the
7149 * sub-attributes taken from
7150 * &enum nl80211_peer_measurement_peer_attrs.
7152 * @NUM_NL80211_PMSR_ATTR: internal
7153 * @NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number
7155 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_attrs {
7156 __NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_INVALID,
7158 NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_MAX_PEERS,
7159 NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_REPORT_AP_TSF,
7160 NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_RANDOMIZE_MAC_ADDR,
7161 NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_TYPE_CAPA,
7162 NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_PEERS,
7165 NUM_NL80211_PMSR_ATTR,
7166 NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_PMSR_ATTR - 1
7170 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_capa - FTM capabilities
7171 * @__NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_INVALID: invalid
7173 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_ASAP: flag attribute indicating ASAP mode
7175 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_NON_ASAP: flag attribute indicating non-ASAP
7177 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_REQ_LCI: flag attribute indicating if LCI
7178 * data can be requested during the measurement
7179 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_REQ_CIVICLOC: flag attribute indicating if civic
7180 * location data can be requested during the measurement
7181 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_PREAMBLES: u32 bitmap attribute of bits
7182 * from &enum nl80211_preamble.
7183 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_BANDWIDTHS: bitmap of values from
7184 * &enum nl80211_chan_width indicating the supported channel
7185 * bandwidths for FTM. Note that a higher channel bandwidth may be
7186 * configured to allow for other measurements types with different
7187 * bandwidth requirement in the same measurement.
7188 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_MAX_BURSTS_EXPONENT: u32 attribute indicating
7189 * the maximum bursts exponent that can be used (if not present anything
7191 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_MAX_FTMS_PER_BURST: u32 attribute indicating
7192 * the maximum FTMs per burst (if not present anything is valid)
7193 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_TRIGGER_BASED: flag attribute indicating if
7194 * trigger based ranging measurement is supported
7195 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_NON_TRIGGER_BASED: flag attribute indicating
7196 * if non trigger based ranging measurement is supported
7198 * @NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR: internal
7199 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number
7201 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_capa {
7202 __NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_INVALID,
7204 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_ASAP,
7205 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_NON_ASAP,
7206 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_REQ_LCI,
7207 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_REQ_CIVICLOC,
7208 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_PREAMBLES,
7209 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_BANDWIDTHS,
7210 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_MAX_BURSTS_EXPONENT,
7211 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_MAX_FTMS_PER_BURST,
7212 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_TRIGGER_BASED,
7213 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_NON_TRIGGER_BASED,
7216 NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR,
7217 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR - 1
7221 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_req - FTM request attributes
7222 * @__NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_INVALID: invalid
7224 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_ASAP: ASAP mode requested (flag)
7225 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_PREAMBLE: preamble type (see
7226 * &enum nl80211_preamble), optional for DMG (u32)
7227 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NUM_BURSTS_EXP: number of bursts exponent as in
7228 * 802.11-2016 9.4.2.168 "Fine Timing Measurement Parameters element"
7229 * (u8, 0-15, optional with default 15 i.e. "no preference")
7230 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_BURST_PERIOD: interval between bursts in units
7231 * of 100ms (u16, optional with default 0)
7232 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_BURST_DURATION: burst duration, as in 802.11-2016
7233 * Table 9-257 "Burst Duration field encoding" (u8, 0-15, optional with
7234 * default 15 i.e. "no preference")
7235 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_FTMS_PER_BURST: number of successful FTM frames
7236 * requested per burst
7237 * (u8, 0-31, optional with default 0 i.e. "no preference")
7238 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NUM_FTMR_RETRIES: number of FTMR frame retries
7240 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_REQUEST_LCI: request LCI data (flag)
7241 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_REQUEST_CIVICLOC: request civic location data
7243 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_TRIGGER_BASED: request trigger based ranging
7244 * measurement (flag).
7245 * This attribute and %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NON_TRIGGER_BASED are
7246 * mutually exclusive.
7247 * if neither %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_TRIGGER_BASED nor
7248 * %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NON_TRIGGER_BASED is set, EDCA based
7249 * ranging will be used.
7250 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NON_TRIGGER_BASED: request non trigger based
7251 * ranging measurement (flag)
7252 * This attribute and %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_TRIGGER_BASED are
7253 * mutually exclusive.
7254 * if neither %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_TRIGGER_BASED nor
7255 * %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NON_TRIGGER_BASED is set, EDCA based
7256 * ranging will be used.
7257 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_LMR_FEEDBACK: negotiate for LMR feedback. Only
7258 * valid if either %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_TRIGGER_BASED or
7259 * %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NON_TRIGGER_BASED is set.
7260 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_BSS_COLOR: optional. The BSS color of the
7261 * responder. Only valid if %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NON_TRIGGER_BASED
7262 * or %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_TRIGGER_BASED is set.
7264 * @NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR: internal
7265 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number
7267 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_req {
7268 __NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_INVALID,
7270 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_ASAP,
7271 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_PREAMBLE,
7272 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NUM_BURSTS_EXP,
7273 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_BURST_PERIOD,
7274 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_BURST_DURATION,
7275 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_FTMS_PER_BURST,
7276 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NUM_FTMR_RETRIES,
7277 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_REQUEST_LCI,
7278 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_REQUEST_CIVICLOC,
7279 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_TRIGGER_BASED,
7280 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NON_TRIGGER_BASED,
7281 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_LMR_FEEDBACK,
7282 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_BSS_COLOR,
7285 NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR,
7286 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR - 1
7290 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_failure_reasons - FTM failure reasons
7291 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_UNSPECIFIED: unspecified failure, not used
7292 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_NO_RESPONSE: no response from the FTM responder
7293 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_REJECTED: FTM responder rejected measurement
7294 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_WRONG_CHANNEL: we already know the peer is
7295 * on a different channel, so can't measure (if we didn't know, we'd
7296 * try and get no response)
7297 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_PEER_NOT_CAPABLE: peer can't actually do FTM
7298 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_INVALID_TIMESTAMP: invalid T1/T4 timestamps
7300 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_PEER_BUSY: peer reports busy, you may retry
7301 * later (see %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_BUSY_RETRY_TIME)
7302 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_BAD_CHANGED_PARAMS: parameters were changed
7303 * by the peer and are no longer supported
7305 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_failure_reasons {
7306 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_UNSPECIFIED,
7307 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_NO_RESPONSE,
7308 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_REJECTED,
7309 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_WRONG_CHANNEL,
7310 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_PEER_NOT_CAPABLE,
7311 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_INVALID_TIMESTAMP,
7312 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_PEER_BUSY,
7313 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_BAD_CHANGED_PARAMS,
7317 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_resp - FTM response attributes
7318 * @__NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_INVALID: invalid
7320 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_FAIL_REASON: FTM-specific failure reason
7322 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_BURST_INDEX: optional, if bursts are reported
7323 * as separate results then it will be the burst index 0...(N-1) and
7324 * the top level will indicate partial results (u32)
7325 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_NUM_FTMR_ATTEMPTS: number of FTM Request frames
7326 * transmitted (u32, optional)
7327 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_NUM_FTMR_SUCCESSES: number of FTM Request frames
7328 * that were acknowleged (u32, optional)
7329 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_BUSY_RETRY_TIME: retry time received from the
7330 * busy peer (u32, seconds)
7331 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_NUM_BURSTS_EXP: actual number of bursts exponent
7332 * used by the responder (similar to request, u8)
7333 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_BURST_DURATION: actual burst duration used by
7334 * the responder (similar to request, u8)
7335 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_FTMS_PER_BURST: actual FTMs per burst used
7336 * by the responder (similar to request, u8)
7337 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RSSI_AVG: average RSSI across all FTM action
7338 * frames (optional, s32, 1/2 dBm)
7339 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RSSI_SPREAD: RSSI spread across all FTM action
7340 * frames (optional, s32, 1/2 dBm)
7341 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_TX_RATE: bitrate we used for the response to the
7342 * FTM action frame (optional, nested, using &enum nl80211_rate_info
7344 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RX_RATE: bitrate the responder used for the FTM
7345 * action frame (optional, nested, using &enum nl80211_rate_info attrs)
7346 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RTT_AVG: average RTT (s64, picoseconds, optional
7347 * but one of RTT/DIST must be present)
7348 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RTT_VARIANCE: RTT variance (u64, ps^2, note that
7349 * standard deviation is the square root of variance, optional)
7350 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RTT_SPREAD: RTT spread (u64, picoseconds,
7352 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_DIST_AVG: average distance (s64, mm, optional
7353 * but one of RTT/DIST must be present)
7354 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_DIST_VARIANCE: distance variance (u64, mm^2, note
7355 * that standard deviation is the square root of variance, optional)
7356 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_DIST_SPREAD: distance spread (u64, mm, optional)
7357 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_LCI: LCI data from peer (binary, optional);
7358 * this is the contents of the Measurement Report Element (802.11-2016
7359 * 9.4.2.22.1) starting with the Measurement Token, with Measurement
7361 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_CIVICLOC: civic location data from peer
7362 * (binary, optional);
7363 * this is the contents of the Measurement Report Element (802.11-2016
7364 * 9.4.2.22.1) starting with the Measurement Token, with Measurement
7366 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_PAD: ignore, for u64/s64 padding only
7368 * @NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR: internal
7369 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number
7371 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_resp {
7372 __NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_INVALID,
7374 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_FAIL_REASON,
7375 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_BURST_INDEX,
7376 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_NUM_FTMR_ATTEMPTS,
7377 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_NUM_FTMR_SUCCESSES,
7378 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_BUSY_RETRY_TIME,
7379 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_NUM_BURSTS_EXP,
7380 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_BURST_DURATION,
7381 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_FTMS_PER_BURST,
7382 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RSSI_AVG,
7383 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RSSI_SPREAD,
7384 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_TX_RATE,
7385 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RX_RATE,
7386 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RTT_AVG,
7387 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RTT_VARIANCE,
7388 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RTT_SPREAD,
7389 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_DIST_AVG,
7390 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_DIST_VARIANCE,
7391 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_DIST_SPREAD,
7392 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_LCI,
7393 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_CIVICLOC,
7394 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_PAD,
7397 NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR,
7398 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR - 1
7402 * enum nl80211_obss_pd_attributes - OBSS packet detection attributes
7403 * @__NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_INVALID: Invalid
7405 * @NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_MIN_OFFSET: the OBSS PD minimum tx power offset.
7406 * @NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_MAX_OFFSET: the OBSS PD maximum tx power offset.
7407 * @NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_NON_SRG_MAX_OFFSET: the non-SRG OBSS PD maximum
7409 * @NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_BSS_COLOR_BITMAP: bitmap that indicates the BSS color
7410 * values used by members of the SRG.
7411 * @NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_PARTIAL_BSSID_BITMAP: bitmap that indicates the partial
7412 * BSSID values used by members of the SRG.
7413 * @NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_SR_CTRL: The SR Control field of SRP element.
7415 * @__NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_LAST: Internal
7416 * @NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_MAX: highest OBSS PD attribute.
7418 enum nl80211_obss_pd_attributes {
7419 __NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_INVALID,
7421 NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_MIN_OFFSET,
7422 NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_MAX_OFFSET,
7423 NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_NON_SRG_MAX_OFFSET,
7424 NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_BSS_COLOR_BITMAP,
7425 NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_PARTIAL_BSSID_BITMAP,
7426 NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_SR_CTRL,
7429 __NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_LAST,
7430 NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_LAST - 1,
7434 * enum nl80211_bss_color_attributes - BSS Color attributes
7435 * @__NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_INVALID: Invalid
7437 * @NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_COLOR: the current BSS Color.
7438 * @NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_DISABLED: is BSS coloring disabled.
7439 * @NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_PARTIAL: the AID equation to be used..
7441 * @__NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_LAST: Internal
7442 * @NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_MAX: highest BSS Color attribute.
7444 enum nl80211_bss_color_attributes {
7445 __NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_INVALID,
7447 NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_COLOR,
7448 NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_DISABLED,
7449 NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_PARTIAL,
7452 __NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_LAST,
7453 NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_LAST - 1,
7457 * enum nl80211_iftype_akm_attributes - interface type AKM attributes
7458 * @__NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_INVALID: Invalid
7460 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_IFTYPES: nested attribute containing a flag
7461 * attribute for each interface type that supports AKM suites specified in
7462 * %NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_SUITES
7463 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_SUITES: an array of u32. Used to indicate supported
7464 * AKM suites for the specified interface types.
7466 * @__NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_LAST: Internal
7467 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_MAX: highest interface type AKM attribute.
7469 enum nl80211_iftype_akm_attributes {
7470 __NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_INVALID,
7472 NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_IFTYPES,
7473 NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_SUITES,
7476 __NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_LAST,
7477 NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_LAST - 1,
7481 * enum nl80211_fils_discovery_attributes - FILS discovery configuration
7482 * from IEEE Std 802.11ai-2016, Annex C.3 MIB detail.
7484 * @__NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_INVALID: Invalid
7486 * @NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_INT_MIN: Minimum packet interval (u32, TU).
7487 * Allowed range: 0..10000 (TU = Time Unit)
7488 * @NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_INT_MAX: Maximum packet interval (u32, TU).
7489 * Allowed range: 0..10000 (TU = Time Unit)
7490 * @NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_TMPL: Template data for FILS discovery action
7491 * frame including the headers.
7493 * @__NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_LAST: Internal
7494 * @NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute
7496 enum nl80211_fils_discovery_attributes {
7497 __NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_INVALID,
7499 NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_INT_MIN,
7500 NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_INT_MAX,
7501 NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_TMPL,
7504 __NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_LAST,
7505 NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_LAST - 1
7509 * FILS discovery template minimum length with action frame headers and
7512 #define NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_TMPL_MIN_LEN 42
7515 * enum nl80211_unsol_bcast_probe_resp_attributes - Unsolicited broadcast probe
7516 * response configuration. Applicable only in 6GHz.
7518 * @__NL80211_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP_ATTR_INVALID: Invalid
7520 * @NL80211_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP_ATTR_INT: Maximum packet interval (u32, TU).
7521 * Allowed range: 0..20 (TU = Time Unit). IEEE P802.11ax/D6.0
7522 * 26.17.2.3.2 (AP behavior for fast passive scanning).
7523 * @NL80211_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP_ATTR_TMPL: Unsolicited broadcast probe response
7524 * frame template (binary).
7526 * @__NL80211_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP_ATTR_LAST: Internal
7527 * @NL80211_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute
7529 enum nl80211_unsol_bcast_probe_resp_attributes {
7530 __NL80211_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP_ATTR_INVALID,
7532 NL80211_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP_ATTR_INT,
7533 NL80211_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP_ATTR_TMPL,
7536 __NL80211_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP_ATTR_LAST,
7537 NL80211_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP_ATTR_MAX =
7538 __NL80211_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP_ATTR_LAST - 1
7542 * enum nl80211_sae_pwe_mechanism - The mechanism(s) allowed for SAE PWE
7543 * derivation. Applicable only when WPA3-Personal SAE authentication is
7546 * @NL80211_SAE_PWE_UNSPECIFIED: not specified, used internally to indicate that
7547 * attribute is not present from userspace.
7548 * @NL80211_SAE_PWE_HUNT_AND_PECK: hunting-and-pecking loop only
7549 * @NL80211_SAE_PWE_HASH_TO_ELEMENT: hash-to-element only
7550 * @NL80211_SAE_PWE_BOTH: both hunting-and-pecking loop and hash-to-element
7553 enum nl80211_sae_pwe_mechanism {
7554 NL80211_SAE_PWE_UNSPECIFIED,
7555 NL80211_SAE_PWE_HUNT_AND_PECK,
7556 NL80211_SAE_PWE_HASH_TO_ELEMENT,
7557 NL80211_SAE_PWE_BOTH,
7561 * enum nl80211_sar_type - type of SAR specs
7563 * @NL80211_SAR_TYPE_POWER: power limitation specified in 0.25dBm unit
7566 enum nl80211_sar_type {
7567 NL80211_SAR_TYPE_POWER,
7569 /* add new type here */
7572 NUM_NL80211_SAR_TYPE,
7576 * enum nl80211_sar_attrs - Attributes for SAR spec
7578 * @NL80211_SAR_ATTR_TYPE: the SAR type as defined in &enum nl80211_sar_type.
7580 * @NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS: Nested array of SAR power
7581 * limit specifications. Each specification contains a set
7582 * of %nl80211_sar_specs_attrs.
7584 * For SET operation, it contains array of %NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_POWER
7585 * and %NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_RANGE_INDEX.
7587 * For sar_capa dump, it contains array of
7588 * %NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_START_FREQ
7589 * and %NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_END_FREQ.
7591 * @__NL80211_SAR_ATTR_LAST: Internal
7592 * @NL80211_SAR_ATTR_MAX: highest sar attribute
7594 * These attributes are used with %NL80211_CMD_SET_SAR_SPEC
7596 enum nl80211_sar_attrs {
7597 __NL80211_SAR_ATTR_INVALID,
7599 NL80211_SAR_ATTR_TYPE,
7600 NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS,
7602 __NL80211_SAR_ATTR_LAST,
7603 NL80211_SAR_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_SAR_ATTR_LAST - 1,
7607 * enum nl80211_sar_specs_attrs - Attributes for SAR power limit specs
7609 * @NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_POWER: Required (s32)value to specify the actual
7610 * power limit value in units of 0.25 dBm if type is
7611 * NL80211_SAR_TYPE_POWER. (i.e., a value of 44 represents 11 dBm).
7612 * 0 means userspace doesn't have SAR limitation on this associated range.
7614 * @NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_RANGE_INDEX: Required (u32) value to specify the
7615 * index of exported freq range table and the associated power limitation
7616 * is applied to this range.
7618 * Userspace isn't required to set all the ranges advertised by WLAN driver,
7619 * and userspace can skip some certain ranges. These skipped ranges don't
7620 * have SAR limitations, and they are same as setting the
7621 * %NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_POWER to any unreasonable high value because any
7622 * value higher than regulatory allowed value just means SAR power
7623 * limitation is removed, but it's required to set at least one range.
7624 * It's not allowed to set duplicated range in one SET operation.
7626 * Every SET operation overwrites previous SET operation.
7628 * @NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_START_FREQ: Required (u32) value to specify the start
7629 * frequency of this range edge when registering SAR capability to wiphy.
7630 * It's not a channel center frequency. The unit is kHz.
7632 * @NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_END_FREQ: Required (u32) value to specify the end
7633 * frequency of this range edge when registering SAR capability to wiphy.
7634 * It's not a channel center frequency. The unit is kHz.
7636 * @__NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_LAST: Internal
7637 * @NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_MAX: highest sar specs attribute
7639 enum nl80211_sar_specs_attrs {
7640 __NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_INVALID,
7642 NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_POWER,
7643 NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_RANGE_INDEX,
7644 NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_START_FREQ,
7645 NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_END_FREQ,
7647 __NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_LAST,
7648 NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_MAX = __NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_LAST - 1,
7652 * enum nl80211_mbssid_config_attributes - multiple BSSID (MBSSID) and enhanced
7653 * multi-BSSID advertisements (EMA) in AP mode.
7654 * Kernel uses some of these attributes to advertise driver's support for
7656 * Remaining attributes should be used by the userspace to configure the
7659 * @__NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_INVALID: Invalid
7661 * @NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_MAX_INTERFACES: Used by the kernel to advertise
7662 * the maximum number of MBSSID interfaces supported by the driver.
7663 * Driver should indicate MBSSID support by setting
7664 * wiphy->mbssid_max_interfaces to a value more than or equal to 2.
7666 * @NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_MAX_EMA_PROFILE_PERIODICITY: Used by the kernel
7667 * to advertise the maximum profile periodicity supported by the driver
7668 * if EMA is enabled. Driver should indicate EMA support to the userspace
7669 * by setting wiphy->ema_max_profile_periodicity to
7672 * @NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_INDEX: Mandatory parameter to pass the index of
7673 * this BSS (u8) in the multiple BSSID set.
7674 * Value must be set to 0 for the transmitting interface and non-zero for
7675 * all non-transmitting interfaces. The userspace will be responsible
7676 * for using unique indices for the interfaces.
7677 * Range: 0 to wiphy->mbssid_max_interfaces-1.
7679 * @NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_TX_IFINDEX: Mandatory parameter for
7680 * a non-transmitted profile which provides the interface index (u32) of
7681 * the transmitted profile. The value must match one of the interface
7682 * indices advertised by the kernel. Optional if the interface being set up
7683 * is the transmitting one, however, if provided then the value must match
7684 * the interface index of the same.
7686 * @NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_EMA: Flag used to enable EMA AP feature.
7687 * Setting this flag is permitted only if the driver advertises EMA support
7688 * by setting wiphy->ema_max_profile_periodicity to non-zero.
7690 * @__NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_LAST: Internal
7691 * @NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute
7693 enum nl80211_mbssid_config_attributes {
7694 __NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_INVALID,
7696 NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_MAX_INTERFACES,
7697 NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_MAX_EMA_PROFILE_PERIODICITY,
7698 NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_INDEX,
7699 NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_TX_IFINDEX,
7700 NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_EMA,
7703 __NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_LAST,
7704 NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_LAST - 1,
7708 * enum nl80211_ap_settings_flags - AP settings flags
7710 * @NL80211_AP_SETTINGS_EXTERNAL_AUTH_SUPPORT: AP supports external
7712 * @NL80211_AP_SETTINGS_SA_QUERY_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT: Userspace supports SA Query
7713 * procedures offload to driver. If driver advertises
7714 * %NL80211_AP_SME_SA_QUERY_OFFLOAD in AP SME features, userspace shall
7715 * ignore SA Query procedures and validations when this flag is set by
7718 enum nl80211_ap_settings_flags {
7719 NL80211_AP_SETTINGS_EXTERNAL_AUTH_SUPPORT = 1 << 0,
7720 NL80211_AP_SETTINGS_SA_QUERY_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT = 1 << 1,
7723 #endif /* __LINUX_NL80211_H */